EPA-670/2-73-053-k
August 1973
                      Environmental Protection Technology Series
                          RECOMMENDED METHODS  01
          REDUCTION, NEUTRALIZATION, RECOVERY  OR
                     DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTE
                                Volume XI Organic Compounds
                                 Office of Research and Development
                                U.S. Environmental Protect ion Agency
                                         Washington, D.C. 20460

-------

-------
                                            EPA-670/2-73-053-k
                                            August 1973
               RECOMMENDED METHODS OF

         REDUCTION, NEUTRALIZATION, RECOVERY

           OR DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTE

    Volume XI.  Industrial and Municipal  Disposal
Candidate Waste Stream Constituent Profile Reports
                  Organic Compounds
                     (Continued)
                         By
 R.  S. Ottinger, J.  L.  Blumenthal, D.  F.  Dal  Porto,
      G.  I.  Gruber,  M.  J.  Santy,  and C.  C.  Shin
                  TRW Systems Group
                   One Space Park
          Redondo Beach, California  90278

               Contract No.  68-03-0089
             Program Element No.  1D2311

                  Project Officers

                Norbert B.  Schomaker
                    Henry Johnson
    Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Laboratory
       National  Environmental Research Center
               Cincinnati,  Ohio  45268
                    Prepared for
         OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
        U.S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
               WASHINGTON, D.C.   20460

-------
                              REVIEW NOTICE




     The Solid Waste Research Laboratory of the National Environmental


Research Center - Cincinnati, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has


reviewed this report and approved its publication.  Approval does not
  «>

signify that the contents necessarily reflect the views and policies of


this Laboratory or of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, nor does


mention of trade names of commercial products constitute endorsement or

                    0

recommendation for use.


     The text of this report is reproduced by the National Environmental


Research Center - Cincinnati in the form received from the Grantee; new


preliminary pages and new page numbers have been supplied.
                                  n

-------
                             FOREWORD
     Man and his environment must be protected from the adverse
effects of pesticides, radiation, noise and other forms of pollu-
tion, and the unwise management of solid waste.  Efforts to protect
the environment require a focus that recognizes the interplay between
the components of our physical environment—air, water, and land.
The National Environmental Research Centers provide this multidisci-
plinary focus through programs engaged in:

               •    studies on the effects of environmental
                    contaminants on man and the biosphere, and

               «    a search for ways to prevent contamination
                    and to recycle valuable resources.

     Under Section 212 of Public Law 91-512, the Resource Recovery
Act of 1970, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency is charged
with preparing a comprehensive report and plan for the creation of
a system of National Disposal Sites for the storage and disposal of
hazardous wastes.  The overall program is being directed jointly by
the Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Laboratory, Office of Research
and Development, National Environmental Research Center, Cincinnati,
and the Office of Solid Waste Management Programs, Office of Hazard-
ous Materials Control.  Section 212 mandates, in part, that recom-
mended methods of reduction, neutralization, recovery, or disposal
of the materials be determined.  This determination effort has been
completed and prepared into this 16-volume study.  The 16 volumes
consist of profile reports summarizing the definition of adequate
waste management and evaluation of waste management practices for
over 500 hazardous materials.  In addition to summarizing the defini-
tion and evaluation efforts, these reports also serve to designate a
material as a candidate for a National Disposal Site, if the material
meets criteria based on quantity, degree of hazard, and difficulty of
disposal.  Those materials which are hazardous but not designated as
candidates for National Disposal Sites, are then designated as candi-
dates for the industrial or municipal disposal sites.
                                 A. W. Breidenbach, Ph.D., Director
                               National Environmental  Research Center
                                          Cincinnati,  Ohio
                               m

-------
                             TABLE  OF  CONTENTS

                                  VOLUME  XI

                 INDUSTRIAL  AND MUNICIPAL DISPOSAL  CANDIDATE
                  WASTE  STREAM CONSTITUENT PROFILE  REPORTS

                      Organic Compounds  - Continued
                                                                      Page
 Benzoyl  Peroxide  (514)  	   1
 1,2,4-Butanetribl  Trinitrate (BTTN)  (5T5)   	   9
 Chloropicrin  (111)	  .  15
 Cyanuric Triazide (519)	21
 Diethylether  (152),  Dioxane (153),  Ethers (174), Ethylene Glycol
   Monoethyl Ether (187),  Ethylene Glycol  Monoethyl Ether Acetate
   (188), Isopropyl  Ether  (232),  Polypropylene Glycol  Methyl
   Ether  (339),  Propylene  Oxide (362),  Tetrahydrofuran (426)   	  27
 Dinitrobenzene  (163)	43
 Dinitrophenol  (164)	51
 Diphenylamine  (167)   	  63
 Ethylene Bromide  (182), Methyl Bromide (267), Methyl  Chloride  (268)   .  69
 Ethylenimine  (190)	  91
 Glycerol Monolactate  Trinitrate  (GLNT) (524)  	  99
.Hydrazine Azide/Hydrazine (527)   	 105
 Hydroquinone  (220)	 Ill
 Maleic Anhydride  (249)  	 119
 Manganese Methylcyclopentadienyltricarbonyl  (502)  	 127
 Nitroaniline  (300)	137
 Nitrobenzene  (301)  	 145

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS  (CONTINUED)
                                                                      Page
meta- and para-Nitrochlorobenzene (302)  	 153
Nitroethane (303), Nitromethane (308),  1-NHropropane  (311)	161
4-Nitrophenol (310), 4-Nitrotoluene (312)  .	 173
Oxalic Acid (317)	183
Phosgene (Carbonyl Chloride) (329, 101)  	 191
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (507) 	 199
Polyvinyl Nitrate (PVN) (535) 	  .219
Quinone (365) 	 223
Tetraethyl- and Tetramethyllead (425,427)  	 229
Tetranitromethane (428) 	 241
Tricresyl Phosphate (440) 	 247

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT
                          Benzoyl Peroxide (514)

                               1.  GENERAL

                               Introduction

     Benzoyl peroxide was first synthetized by B.C. Brodie in 1859.
Commercial use began in the early  1900's when it was found that benzoyl
peroxide was an effective bleaching agent for edible oils, and somewhat
later, an excellent bleach for flour.  Today, its major use is as a
polymerization initiator for such polymers as polyethylene, polyvinyl
chloride, polystyrene, polyester thermosets,  polyacrylates, styrene-
                                 1400
butadiene rubber and many others.

     Benzoyl peroxide is prepared by treating benzoyl chloride with
sodium peroxide or hydrogen peroxide in the presence of base such as
pyridine or sodium hydroxide.

             0                                0
       2 C6H6C-C1  + H202 + 2 C5H5N 	»• (C6H6CO)2 + 2 C5H5N.H Cl

     Major manufacturers of benzoyl  peroxide  are:     '
                      Penwalt  Corp.,  Lucidol  Div.,
                      1740 Military  Rd., Buffalo,  New York
                      Reichold Chemicals, Inc.
                      RCI Building,  White Plains,  New York
                      Tenneco  Chemicals, Inc.
                      Modex Div., P.O.Box 2,  Piscataway,   New  Jersey
                      U.S. Pexoggen,  Div.Argus Chemical  Corp.
                      850 Morton Ave, Richmond, California
                      Physical and Chemical Properties
                                                                 o

     The physical and chemical properties of benzoyl peroxide are included
in the attached worksheet.                           -           •-.-..
                                      i

-------
                          2.  TOXICOLOGY0766'2351'2380

     The physiological effects of benzoyl peroxide have not been fully deter-
mined, therefore extra care should be exercised in its handling.  Local
effects include irritation, particularly to the eyes, nose and throat.  The
nature of systemic effects has not been investigated.  A Threshold Limit
Value (TLV) of 5 mg/M3 has been established.

                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS
     Benzoyl peroxide may decompose explosively when subjected to heat,
shock or electrical discharge.  The presence of organic material in
benzoyl  peroxide increases the hazard.  Molten material will decompose
instantly and explosively.  Benzoyl peroxide is a powerful oxidizer and
polymerization initiator, thus it can react with reducing agents and
monomers to cause fire or explosion.  These materials include alcohols,
amines, various organic and inorganic acids, organic monomers and
polymerization accelerators.0766'1433'2380

                4.  DEFINITION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                    Handling, Storage and Transportation

     Benzoyl peroxide is packed in  1-lb or smaller fiber or paper
containers that are either taped or glued shut.  These  are packed for
shipment in wood or fiberboard boxes with each container surrounded by
asbestos or fire-resistant cushioning of equal efficiency.  Net weight
                                   2380
of contents must not exceed 50  lb.
     Benzoyl peroxide is also shipped with 30 to 50 percent water by weight
since the addition of water considerably reduces all hazards.  This
material is packed in wood boxes containing, polyethylene lined paper
bags or aluminum drums with a maximum   l lb dry weight  capacity.
Maximum gross weight must not exceed 200  lb.   Wet material  is also
           o
shipped in metal drums with polyethylene liners with a  maximum gross
   • u+  * ocn iu 0766,2380
weight of 350 Ib.     '

-------
      Shipping containers must have a Department of Transportation (DOT)
 yellow Oxidizing Material label and preferably an approved MCA warning
 label.  Trucks carrying over 2,500 Ib gross weight of material must be
 marked "DANGEROUS".   The same label must be applied to rail  cars carrying
                                          2380
 one or more packages of benzoyl peroxide.
     Benzoyl peroxide is friction-, impact-, spark- and heat-sensitive.
In addition, it is capable of reacting violently with many organic
compounds. Thus,wooden boxes and metal containers should be opened with
spark-resistant tools and only non-metallic instruments should be used
to open fiber or paper containers.  The material should be kept away from
all sources of heat and electrical discharge.  Grinding should'only be
done with extreme care with the proper diluents.  Spills should be wiped
up immediately with a soft brush or broom.0766'2351'2380
     When storing benzoyl peroxide, all reasonable precautions must be
taken to guard against fire and explosion hazards.  It should be stored
in minimum amounts in a cool place, out of direct rays of the sun, away
from sparks, open flames and other sources of heat.  Storage should be
isolated from possible contact with acids, alcohols, ethers or other
reducing agents or polymerization catalysts.  Wet benzoyl peroxide must
not be allowed to dry out.0766'2380

                             Use/Disposal
     Benzoyl peroxide is used as a catalyst in various organic reactions
and as a bleaching agent for oils and flour.  The amounts used are
normally very small in relation to the amount of the other materials.
The by-products of reaction, usually benzoic acid, are not usually
removed.1433-2380
     Empty containers are normally examined to make certain that no
material remains and then, if necessary, flushed with water to remove
any residue and kept wet until they can be disposed of by incineration
in an open incinerator.  Waste benzoyl peroxide is stored wet until it
can be destroyed with about ten times its weight of 10 percent sodium
hydroxide solution.  The reaction is only mildly exothermic and the
final product, benzoic acid and sodium benzoate may be  flushed into the

-------
     The safe disposal of benzoyl peroxide is defined in terms of recom-
mended provisional limits for that material in the environment.  The
recommended provisional limits are as follows:
  Contaminant                Provisional                Basis for
and Environment                 Limit                 Recommendation
                                     o
Benzoyl peroxide in air     0.05 mg/M                    .01 TLV
Benzoyl peroxide in         0.25 ppm (mg/1)           Stokinger and
water and soil                                        Woodward Method
                  5.  EVALUATION OF DISPOSAL PROCEDURE

       Option No. 1 - Disposal of Empty Containers by Incineration

     All cartons and bags should be examined to ascertain that they contain
no residual benzoyl peroxide.  Residual material, if present, should be
flushed out with water.  The empty cartons should be crushed and placed in a
special collection drum.  Keeping the contents of the drum moist is a good
safety precaution.  Periodically, the contents of the drum should be care-
fully incinerated.

            Option No. 2 - Decomposition with Sodium Hydroxide

     Unusable  benzoyl peroxide is best stored wet until disposal.  The
slurry of waste material can be destroyed safely and easily by adding it
slowly with stirring to ten times its weight of 10 percent sodium hydroxide
solution,,   The  reaction  is  only mildly  exothermic.   The final solution
                                                                 1543
containing  sodium benzoate  and benzoic  acid,  both biodegradable,     may
be  flushed  into the  drain.   Disposal  of large quantities of  solution may
require pH  adjustment before release  into  the sewer0

   Option No. 3 - Mixing with  a Noncombustible material and Incineration

     An equal weight of noncombustible material such as vermiculite or
perlite can be added to a slurry of benzoyl peroxide.   The excess water is
then filtered off and the wet  paste is carefully burned in a slurry bed,

-------
auxiliary fired incinerator.  This method is suitable only if quantities of
material are small and the incinerator is equipped with particulate removal
equipment to insure against noncombustibles being discharged to the atmosphere.

                 6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Due to the hazards of shipping benzoyl peroxide and considering the ease
with which wastes can be destroyed at the site of generation, this compound
should not be considered a candidate waste stream constituent for the National
Disposal Site.

-------
                             7.  REFERENCES


0766.  Sax, I. R., Dangerous properties of industrial materials.  3d ed.
         New York, Reinhold Publishing Corporation, 1968. 1,251 p.

1433.  Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical technology.  3d ed. 22 V; New
         York, Interscience Publishers, 1966.

1543.  Ludzack, F. J., M. B. Ettingef.  Chemical structures resistant to
         aerobic chemical stabilization.   Journal. Water Pollution Control
         Federation'.  32(11):1173-1200.  Nov. 1960.

1718.  Synthetic'organic chemicals.  U. S. production and sales.  U. S.
         Government Printing Office.  Washington, D; C.  Publication TC-479.
         260 p.

1790.  Chemical sources.  1970 ed.  Fleriiingtoin, New Jersey.  Directories
         Publishing Company, 1969.  571 p.

2351*  Baskiri, A. D., Handling guide for potentially hazardous commodities.
         Chicago Railways Systems and Management Association. 1972.

2380.  Benzoyl peroxide chemical safety data sheet.  SD-81.  Washington
         Manufacturing Chemists Association.  1960.  10 p.

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS HASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Benzoyl  peroxide
IUC Name
                               (514)
                                                               Structural Formula
Common Names  dibenzoyl  peroxide, benzovl super oxide.
              Lucidol.
Molecular Wt.  242.22	    Melting Pt.  103-105 C
Density (Condensed) 1.3340      @	25 O3^  Density (gas)_
                                                                    Boiling Pt. decomposes
                                                                                          ^
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 0
              8
                                              0
Flash Point
                                   Autolgnition Temp.  176
Flammabllity Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower _
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  X)

Solubility
    Cold Water  insoluble^
                                     Lower
                                                             Upper_
                                                             Upper_
                                       Hot Mater
                                                                      Ethanol_sl1ahtlv!iL
                                                   (2T
    Others: soluble in benzene, acetone, chloroform
Acid, Base Properties  neutral to slightly acid due to residual  HC1
                                                                    (3)
Highly Reactive with   reducing agents possibly resulting in
Compatible w1th_
Shipped in	
                    Yellow-Label
ICC Classification  Oxidizing Material
Commen ts  mav explode spontaneously;
                                           anri
                                                 Coast Guard Classification   yellow
                                                         anc.t
-------
                             PROFILE REPORT
                1.2.4-Butanetriol Trinitrate (BTTN) (515)
       o
                               1.  GENERAL

     BTTN is a liquid at room temperature that is a good gelatinizer for
nitrocellulose.  BTTN has been evaluated in the United States as a
plasticizer for nitrocellulose but has not been used to any extent in this
country.  During World War II the Germans used BTTN to gelatinize
nitrocellulose.  BTTN is prepared by nitrating 1,2,4-butanetriol.

     The physical/chemical properties for BTTN are summarized in the
attached worksheet.

                             2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Because of its solubility in water and organic solvents which permits
absorption, BTTN is more of a health problem than many of the other
compounds containing nitro ester groups.  BTTN can cause dilation of blood
vessels, headaches, nausea, vomiting, methemoglobinemia, cyanosis, reduced
blood  pressure, central nervous  system depression, coma and respiratory
paralysis through ingestion, inhalation or skin adsorption.

     The Threshold Limit Value (TLV) for BTTN has not been established,
but should be the same as that recommended for nitroglycerin- 0.2 ppm.
Waste forms containing BTTN would probably consist of small experimental
lots of explosive or military munitions made with the explosive  on an
experimental  basis.

-------
                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     BTTN is a powerful explosive whose decomposition into gaseous products
is accompanied by the evolution of large quantities of heat and a shock
wave.  BTTN is very sensitive to heat, friction and spark.  Its impact
sensitivity is about the same as for nitroglycerin (2 Kg weight, 15 cm
with Bureau of Mines apparatus).1147' 2169  The Brisance by Sand Test
gives  about the same results as nitroglycerin; 49 g vs 51.5g for
nitroglycerin.  The explosion temperature, 5-sec value, for BTTN is 230 C
vs 220 C  for nitroglycerin.  It is more stable than nitroglycerin.
               4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     Details  concerning manufacturing processes and waste streams from the
manufacture of BTTN have not been found in the literature, but laboratory
instructions  for its preparation indicate that BTTN, if manufactured,
would be prepared by the same processes as nitroglycerin and these
processes would have similar waste streams.  Details of nitroglycerin
manufacture,  handling and storage requirements are given in the Profile
Report on Nitroglycerin (307).  Because BTTN has about the same sensitivity
to impact, heat and friction as nitroglycerin, it can be assumed that BTTN
will not be transported beyond the plant in which it is manufactured.  No
BTTN should be discharged in a waste stream because of the explosive hazard
created.

     The safe disposal  of BTTN is defined  in  terms  of the  recommended
 provisional  limits  in  the  atmosphere,  and  in water and soil.  These  recom-
 mended  provisional  limits  are  as  follows:
                                                         oasis ror
Contaminant in Air          Provisional Limit          Recommendation
     BTTN                     0.02 mg/M3                  0.01  TLV*
Contaminant in Water                                      Basis for
	and Soil              Provisional Limit          Recommendation
     BTTN                     0.1 mg/1*                Stokinger and,
                                                       Woodward Method
*tstimated
                                    10

-------
                 5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

       BTTN collected from spills and catch tanks, or considered unsuitable
  for use, should be disposed of by careful burning after absorption in
  sawdust, wood pulp or fullers earth.   If BTTN is spilled on the ground,
  the contaminated ground should be removed with low impact tools and burned.
  Ignition of BTTN is usually accomplished by igniting a black powder squib
  placed on the surface.   All burning is performed in a remote area.
  Although the products of combustion contain considerable NO , processes
                                                             X
  to control  pollution from the products of combustion or BTTN and similar
  compounds are not in wide use.
     Investigations are being conducted to develop better methods for the
disposal of BTTN and similar compounds, including nitroglycerin, than the
open-burning techniques.currently used.  These methods are based upon the
use of scrubber-equipped incinerator systems for the controlled burning
of explosive wastes, but this method is not available for wide use at this
time.  Additional research is required.

               6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

       BTTN is not normally a candidate waste stream constituent for
  National  Disposal Sites because it is not safe to transport, and facilities
  for its disposal are available at the sites where it would be manufactured.
  Disposal  of BTTN at these facilities by open-burning is not a satisfactory
  technique.   Controlled incineration in scrubber-equipped systems is
  recommended for disposal  of BTTN wastes and waste gelatinized nitrocellulose
  containing BTTN.  The BTTN wastes should be handled by a qualified
  ordnance disposal team.
                                      11

-------
                             7.  REFERENCES


0766. Sax, N. I.  Dangerous properties of industrial  materials.   3d ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Corporation, 1968.   1,251  p.

1147. Department of the Army and Air Force, Military  explosives, TM9-1910,
        Washington, Apr. 1955.  336 p.

2169. Fedoroff, B. T.  Encyclopedia of explosives and related items,   v.  2.
        Picatinny Arsenal, 1960.

-------
                                   HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
                               trinitrate  (515)
 H-  M-  Name   lr2r
 IUC Name      1 ,2,4-Butanetriol trinitrate

 Common Names    BTTN _
                                                               Structural Formula
                                                              CH2—CH2—CH — CH2
                                                              ON02        )      Lower _
                                                            Upper_
                                                            Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water  slightly soluble       Hot Water	^
    Others:     miscible with ether, acetone, and 2:1 ether-ethanol
Acid, Base Properties	
                                                                     Ethanol   miscible
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with
Shipped in
ICC Classification  Not shipped
Comments	;	
                                                Coast Guard Classification  Not shipped
References (1)    2169
                                             13

-------
                               PROFILE REPORT

                             Chloropicrin (111)

                                1 .   GENERAL

     Chloropicrin is a slightly oily, colorless  liquid boiling at 112 C and
solidifying at -69 C.  It is a powerful irritant and affects all  body sur-
faces.  It causes lachrymation, vomiting, bronchitis, and pulmonary
edema.766

     This material is primarily used as an insecticide and parasiticide
for disinfecting cereals and grains.  It is called vomiting gas and has been
extensively used by the military as a war
     Chloropicrin is made by the chlorination of nitromethane in the pre-
sence of calcium carbonate, or by the reaction of picric acid with sodium
hypochlorite.      It is also produced commercially by reacting sodium hy-
pochlorite with nitromethane.

     Commercial facilities for the manufacture of Chloropicrin are operated
                       1 71 8                                               1 71 R
by Dow Chemical Company    , International  Minerals & Chemical Corporation     .
Niklor Chemical Co., Inc.     and Sobin Chemical Incorporated.

                            2.  TOXICOLOGY0766
     Chloropicrin is a powerful irritant and affects all  body surfaces.   It
causes lachrymation, vomiting, bronchitis, and pulmonary edema.   A concen-
tration of 1 ppm causes a smarting pain in the eyes and therefore, in itself
constitutes a good warning of exposure.  It causes vomiting, probably due to
swallowing saliva in which small  amounts of Chloropicrin have dissolved.
Its primary lethal effect is to produce lung injury and it is a  difficult
gas to protect oneself against because it is chemically inert and does not
react with the usual chemicals used in gas masks.
                                 15

-------
                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Four parts per million chloropicrin in air is sufficient to render a
man unfit for action and 20 ppm, when breathed from one to two minutes,
causes definite bronchial or pulmonary lesions.  Chloropicrin emits highly
toxic fumes when heated to decomposition.

                4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                    Handling, Storage, and Transportation

     Gloves and chemical goggles should be worn to protect the skin and
eyes when handling chloropicrin.  If it is necessary to be in discomforting
concentrations of chloropicrin vapor, a full face gas mask with a canister
recommended for use in acid gases and organic vapors should be worn.

     Chloropicrin is shipped as pure material and as mixtures with non-
flammable, nonliquified compressed gas, and mixtures containing no com-
pressed  gas.   Regulations covering the shipping of these materials are
found in Federal Code of Regulations.0278  Glass and steel  containers are
suitable for shipping chloropicrin.   Containers and handling equipment made
of aluminum, magnesium or their alloys should not be used in chloropicrin
service as under certain conditions these materials are severely corroded.

     Chloropicrin should be stored in tightly closed containers in a cool
place away from any dwellings.  In outside storage, drums should be stored
on  their sides to prevent water from collecting around the bungs.

                              Disposal/Reuse

     A  definition of  acceptable criteria for the disposal of chloropicrin
must also take into account acceptable criteria for the release of hydrogen
chloride, hydrochloric  acid and nitrogen oxides to the environment, since
current practice  in chloropicrin  disposal  involves some processes that re-
duce chloropicrin  to  these materials.

-------
     Current techniques utilize incineration, land burial  and lagooning.
The  recommended provisional limits for chloropicrin, hydrogen chloride,
hydrochloric acid, and nitrogen oxides in the environment are as follows:

  Contaminant                                                 Basis of
and  Environment             Provisional Limits             Recommendation
Chloropicrin in air        0.001 ppm (0.007 mg/M3)            0.01  TLV
Hydrogen chloride in       0.05 ppm (0.07 mg/M3)              0.01  TLV
air
Hydrochloric acid in       0.05 ppm (0.02 mg/M3)              0.01  TLV
air
Nitrogen oxides in air     0.05 ppm (0.07 mg/M )              0.01  TLV
Chloropicrin in water       0.035 ppm (mg/1)               Stokinger and
and  soil                                                   Woodward Method
                 5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Chloropicrin is expected to appear primarily as dilute aqueous and
organic waste streams and only rarely as concentrated waste.   The process-
ing options are briefly described in the following paragraphs together with
recommendations as to their adequacy.

                         Concentrated Chloropicrin

     In the event it became necessary to dispose of a significant quantity
of concentrated chloropicrin, two disposal options are available.  The first
option is to contact the manufacturer and determine if it is  possible to re-
turn the materials.  Niklor Chemical Company,     and Sobin Chemical  Incor-
porated,     have indicated that recycling of chloropicrin is possible,
depending on the contaminating material.  The second option is incineration
but since chloropicrin is nonflammable, it must be added to fuel  or sprayed
into an incinerator at high temperatures.  It is expected that a  liquid com-
bustor followed by secondary combustion and aqueous or caustic scrubbing
would be an acceptable disposal  method.  Primary combustion should be
carried out at a minimum of 1,500 F for at least 0.5 seconds  with secondary
                                    17

-------
combustion at a minimum temperature of 2,200 F for at least 1.0 second.   The
abatement problem may be simplified by insuring against elemental  chlorine
formation through injection of steam or the utilization of methane as a  fuel
in the combustion process.  Both options provide adequate ways to  handle the
concentrated waste but it is strongly recommended that recycling be used
whenever possible.

                            Dilute Aqueous Waste

     Dilute aqueous waste containing chloropicrin is lagooned and  allowed
to gas off,     or is incinerated with scrubbers to remove the hydrogen
                               1772
chloride from the effluent gas.      It is recommended that the material to
be lagooned be reacted with sodium sulfite or sodium bisulfite to  suppress
the noxious properties of the chloropicrin and any resulting sludge be in-
cinerated or buried in an approved California Class I type landfill.   Both
lagooning and incineration are adequate means of disposing of chloropicrin
provided the concentrations released to the environment do not exceed
the provisional  limits,,

                           Dilute Organic Waste

     Dilute organic waste generated during the manufacture of chloropicrin
are disposed of either by land burial,     or incineration.     .Incineration
with proper treatment of the effluent gas to remove hydrogen chloride and
nitrogen oxides is the primary option for disposing of dilute organic waste.
An alternate method of disposal would be in an approved chemical  California
Class I type landfill.

                 6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Chloropicrin is expected to appear primarily as dilute organic and
aqueous wastes, and to a much lesser degree as concentrated waste.  Faci-
lities for handling the disposal of these wastes are located at manufac-
turing sites and industrial disposal facilities and represent common
industrial techniques.  This material is not judged to be a candidate waste
stream constituent for National Disposal Sites.

                                   18

-------
                            7.   REFERENCES
0278. Code of Federal  Regulations;  title 49.  pt.  71-90.   Washington,
        Superintendent of Documents,  U.  S.  Government Printing  Office,  1967.
        794 p.

0509. White-Stevens, Robert ed.  Iji  pesticides in  the  environment,  v. 1
        pt. 1.   New York, Marcel Dekker, Inc., 1971.  p.  122.

0766. Sax, N. I.  Dangerous properties of industrial  materials.  New York,
        Reinhold Publishing Corporation,  1957.  1,467 p.

1316. Noller, C. R.  Chemistry of organic compounds.   2d  ed.  Philadelphia,
        W. B. Saunders Company, 1957. 978 p.

1492. Merck and Company.   The Merck index of chemicals and drugs.   Rahway,
        New Jersey, 1960.  1,043 p.

1570. The Chemical  Rubber Company.   Handbook of chemistry and physics.
        47th ed.  Cleveland, 1962.  2,100 p.

1618. Melnikov, N.  N., Chemistry of pesticides.  New  York, Springer-Verlag,
        1971. p. 79.

1718. U.S.  Tariff Commission.   Synthetic organic chemicals; U.S. production
        and sales,  1970.   TC  Publication 479.  Washington, U.S. Government
        Printing Office.   262 p.

1749. Personal  communication.   J.  Wilhelm,  Niklor Chemical Company
        Incorporated,  to  W. P. Kendrick, TRW Systems, May 22,  1972.

1750. Personal  communication.   J.  Dawson, Sobin Chemical  Incorporated,
        to W. P. Kendrick, TRW Systems,  May 23, 1972.

1772. Personal  communication.   Bud  Shannon, Dow Chemical  Company, to
        W. P. Kendrick, May 26, 1972.
                                    19

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPFRTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name  Chjo^opicrine  Oil)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name   Nitrutrichloromethane '
Common Names  Chloropicrin ',  Nitrochloroform '	
              Tri chi oroni tromethane
Molecular Wt.  164.3&  '	    Melting Pt.   -64  d1)          Boiling Pt.	112757
Density (Condensed) 1.6558      @  2014 C	Density (gas)  5.694^     @
              (2)
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
	18.3  mm @  25_C	             40      @  33.8 C            	&
Flash Point 	         Autoignition Temp.	
Flanimability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %)      Lower	    Upper	

Solubil ity
    Cold WaterJJ. 165^_2_oJ]^	  Hot Water	   Ethanol_Spl_ublil)
    Others:  Soluble  in  acetone  \  benzene  . methanoi1! Acetic aci^l
Acid, Base Properties  May  be  corrosive  under certain conditions.
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with	Fuel  oi 1 ,  kerosene
Shipped in  Glass,  steel  containers  and  in steel containers as nonliquifjpd    compressed gas6
ICC Classification    Poison A  '     	  Coast Guard  Classification_poisc;iL.i!l-.     _
Commen ts    Non-flammable5'	  	
References  (1)   1570    (4) 0766
            (2)   1618    (5) 0509
            (3)   1492    (6) 0278

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT
                           Cyanuric Triazlde (519)

                               1.   GENERAL

     Cyanuric triazide is a powerful initiator in which azide groups are
combined with a heterocyclic ring.  First step in preparation is the
reaction of chlorine and hydrogen  cyanide to form cyanuric chloride, a
trimer.  Upon reaction of cyanuric chloride with sodium azide in an aqueous
solution at room temperature cyanuric triazide is formed.   Cyanuric
triazide has initiating properties that are stronger than  those of mercury
fulminate.  It is highly dangerous to handle and sensitive to impact and
friction; it has been known to explode during manufacture0:  Large crystals,
which explode even under the pressure of a rubber stopper  are particularly
dangerous.  Its sensitivity accounts for the fact that the substance has
                               2171
found no practical application.

     The physical/chemical properties for cyanuric triazide are summarized
in the attached worksheet.

                              2.  TOXICOLOGY
     The toxicity of cyanuric triazide is unknown, but upon acidification
toxic fumes are liberated.      The liberated fumes probably contain
hydrazoic acid which, in the concentration range of 0.7-7.0 mg/m ,  evokes
marked symptoms of intoxication (see Profile Report on Hydrazoic Acid,  [528]).

                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Cyanuric triazide is a detonating agent that is so sensitive to heat,
impact and friction that it undergoes detonation when subjected to  a flame
or percussion.  Its ignition temperature, when heated at a rate of  20 C/min.,
is 205 to 208 C but decomposition becomes evident on heating at a temperature

-------
slightly exceeding 100 C.  It is exploded by an impact energy one-third of
                                       2171
that which detonates mercury fulminate.

     Because cyanuric triazide is so dangerous to handle and sensitive to
impact and friction, it has found no practical application, and it is not
manufactured or shipped.

               4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     Cyanuric triazide does not produce NO  as a decomposition product
                                          f\
when detonated.  For this reason, and because only small, experimental
quantities are synthesized, cyanuric triazide laboratory wastes and scrap
should be collected and detonated in a suitable remote destruction pit
area.  Provisional Climits for cyanuric triazide have  not been established.

               5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
     Cyanuric triazide is at present not being manufactured and, therefore,
specific disposal procedures are not published.  If in the future it
should become necessary to dispose of cyanuric triazide, the method
recommended in the Ordnance Safety Manual for the disposal of initiating
explosives could be used with care, if employed by an ordnance disposal
team experienced in handling initiating explosives.  When using the
recommended procedure, bags containing the explosive,wet with water, are
carried to a destruction pit, placed in intimate contact with each other,
and a blasting cap placed between the bags to initiate the explosives.
All remaining explosives should be kept behind a barricade with overhead
protection during destruction operation.  Personnel in the area should
remain behind a similar barricade.
                                    22

-------
             6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     There is no commercial  production at present of cyanuric triazide,
and provisions exist for its destruction at most arsenals and explosive
manufacturing  plants which produce the material experimentally. Any cyanuric
triazide wastes not destroyed at such facilities are candidates for
National Disposal Sites, if safe to handle and transport.  The waste should
be transported wet, in a vehicle properly equipped for safe transport of
initiating explosives, and only to the nearest satisfactory disposal site.
The process to be employed at the site should be detonation, as cited in
Section 5.  The wastes should be handled and transported only by a quali-
fied ordnance team, experienced in handling sensitive initiators.   If the
wastes are unsafe to handle or transport to the National Disposal  Site,
they should be detonated at the nearest safe cleared area.

-------
                              7.  REFERENCES


0766. Sax, I. N., Dangerous properties of fndus.trial  materials.   3d.  ed,
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Corporation.   1,968.   1,251  p.

2170. Ordnance Corp., Department of the Army.  Ordnance safety manual,
        ORDM7-224, Washington.  1951.

2171. Urbans.ki, Todeusz.  Chemistry and: technology of explosives  v HI,
        Warszawa, Polish Scientific Pub.Ti s.hers, 1967.  Translated; by
        Jureki, Marian, New York, Pergamon Press.   714 p.
                                    24

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name    Cyanuric Triazide (519)
IUC Name 	
Common Names
                                                               Structural Formula
                                                              (CN)
Molecular Wt.
Density (Condensed)
                    96

                                     Melting Pt.  100 C  decomposes^ ^Boiling Pt._
                                @ __ Density (gas) _ @ _
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 0
 slightly volatile
              @
Flash Point
                                   Autoignition Temp.
Flammabili ty Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower
                                                             Upper_
                                                             Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water
                                       Hot Water Sparingly soluble^1 )  Ethanol   soluble
    Others:  Soluhle-arptnn
Acid, Base Properties
                                   net ether
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in  not shipped 0)
ICC Classification   N0ne
Comments
                                                 Coast Guard Classification
References (1)  2171

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT

Pi ethyl ether (152). Dioxane (153). Ethers (174). Ethylene Glycol  Monoethyl
Ether (187). Ethylene Glycol Monoethyl Ether Acetate (188). Isopropyl
Ether (232), Polypropylene Glycol Methyl Ether (339), Propylene Oxide (362).
Tetrahydrofuran (426)

                               1 .  GENERAL

                               Introduction1433

     Ethers are compounds of the type R-O-R1 where R and R1 may be the same
or different alkyl or aryl radicals.  Ethers resemble the corresponding
hydrocarbons in chemical reactivity, provided there are no additional, more
reactive functional  groups present.  On prolonged exposure to air, ethers
autooxidize to peroxides, which can be dangerously explosive.

                               Manufacture1433

     Catalytic Dehydration of Alcohols - This preparative method is used
principally for the production of simple ethers (e.g., ethyl ether).  The
reaction usually involves several of the reaction steps outlined below, the
particular combination of steps employed is governed by the identity of the
desired product.

                        ROH + HOS02OH  Co1d*>ROS02OH + HOH
                        ROS02OH + ROH  A •» ROR + H2$04
                        ROS02OH + ROH  A •- RQSQ2OR + HOH
                        ROS02OR + ROH  A •» ROR + ROSOgOH

     Williamson Ether Synthesis - The Williamson ether synthesis  may be
used to prepare either simple (R=R') or mixed ethers
                           RBr + NaOR^-^ROR'  + NaBr

                                      27

-------
                           Uses and .Application1433'2401

     The principal applications of ethers are as solvents for organic
reactions and extractions, as plasticizers., as vehicles for other products
and as anesthetics.  Ethers are insoluble in water, but are solvents for
many organic compounds, and therefore, have found wide application in paint
and varnish removers, as high-boiling solvents for gums,  resins and waxes,
and in lubricating oil.  The vapors of certain ethers are toxic to insects
and are .useful as agricultural insecticides and industrial  fumigants.

     Pi ethyl ether - Ethyl -ether is a good solvent or extractant for fats,
waxes, oils, perfumes, resins, dyes, gums, and alkaloids.  When mixed 'With
ethyl alcohol, ethyl ether becomes an excellent solvent for cellulose nitrate
in the manufacture of guncotton, collodion solutions and  pyroxylene plastics.
It is used as a general anesthetic in surgery.

     Dioxane - Dioxane is employed as a solvent for cellulose acetate, ethyl
cellulose, benzyl cellulose, resins, oils, waxes, oil and spirit-soluble
dyes and many other organic as well as for some inorganic compounds.

     Ethyleneglycol Monomethyl Ether - This material is used as a solvent for
low viscosity cellulose acetate, natural resins, some synthetic resins and
some alcohol-soluble dyes.  It is also used in dyeing leather, sealing
moisture proof cellophane, quick-drying varnishes and enamel nail polish,
and in wood stains.

     Ethyleneglycol Monoethyl Ether - This ether-alcohol  is used to prepare
bis(e-halo) derivatives of ethyleneglycol monoethyl ether and as a solvent
for nitrocellulose, lacquers and dopes in varnish remover,  cleaning
solutions, dye baths, and in leather finishing.

     Isopropyl Ether - This material may be converted to  the alcohol or
used as motor fuel additive.  It is also used as a solvent  in certain
extraction processes and as a solvent in the manufacture  of Pharmaceuticals,
smokeless powder, paint and varnish removers, and rubber  cements.

-------
     Polypropylene Gtycol  Methyl  Ether  - This material is used as a component
in lubricants.

     Propylene  Oxide - This epoxide  is  used  in  the manufacture of
alkanolamines,  polypropylene glycols, propylene glycol and  in paint
removers.

     Tetrahydrofuran - This cyclic ether  is  used as  a  plasticizer, in paint
removers,  and as a solvent for high  polymers.   It is also employed in the
synthesis  of butyrolactone, succinic acid, and  1,4-butanediol diacetate.

                     Physical .and Chemical Properties

     The physical and chemical properties of these ethers are included in
the attached worksheets.

                              2.   TOXICOLOGY

     The principal hazard in industrial use  and handling of the  ethers is
from inhalation of their vapors.   As a  class,  they do  not penetrate the
skin in harmful amounts nor are they irritating to the skin.      The
simpler ethers  such as ethyl ether,  isopropyl  ether, etc.,  are powerful
narcotics  which in large doses can cause  death.

                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     The more volatile ethers, such  as  ethyl and methyl ether, are
particularly dangerous fire hazards  because  of  their low ignition and flash
points.   Peroxides, which form in ethers  upon  standing, pose the additional
threat of detonation when an ether is heated after prolonged storage.
                                    29

-------
               4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                   Hand!Ing, Storage and Transportation
      Stringent safety precautions  must be taken  to  guard  against health and
 fire hazards  whenever ethers are handled.   The area in which highly flammable
 ethers  are stored  or used should be posted with  "No Smoking" or other
 appropriate warning signs.   If leaks or spills occur, only properly protected
 personnel  should remain in  the area.  Leaking  containers  should be removed to
 the outdoors  or to an isolated, well-ventilated  area, and the contents
 transferred to other suitable containers.   All spills should be flushed away
 promptly with water.

     Ordinarily, ethyl ether will start to oxidize soon after distillation.
Storage time required for this  induction period, the rate at which  oxidation
will proceed and the quantity of peroxides that will be produced, may  vary
widely and will depend upon condtions that are not entirely understood.
Ether peroxides are  not as volatile  as the corresponding ether and  tend  to
concentrate during evaporation  or distillation.   Ether peroxides, when
concentrated, may detonate with extreme violence.

     Ether which is  to be used  in any process that will  involve evaporation
or distillation, must pass a standard test.  Ethers failing the test must
                                   2402
be treated to remove the peroxides.

     Drums and other portable containers of ethyl ether should be  stored
out of the direct rays of the sun and away from sources of heat.   These
precautions are applicable to all of the lower, more volatile ethers.


      A list of hazardous materials with packing and shipping instructions
                                         CP7fi
 is found in Code of Federal Regulations,     title  49,  parts  100 to 199,
 and shipping instructions for ethyl ether are  found in  the Manufacturing
 Chemists Association bulletin SD-29.2402
                                     30

-------
                             Disposal/Reuse
     Contaminated or degraded materials found to be unusable in a recycling
process must be disposed of in a safe manner, defined in terms of the
recommended provisional limits of the subject compounds in the environment.
The recommended provisional limits are as follows:
   Contaminant in Air
Diethyl ether
Dioxane
Ethylene glycol monoethyl
  ether
Ethylene glycol monoethyl
  ether acetate
Isopropyl ether
Polypropylene glycol
  methyl ether
Propylene oxide
Tetrahydrofuran
 Provisional Limits
  4 ppm (12 mg/M3)
 1.0 ppm (3.6 mg/M3)
      2.0 mg/M3

0.25 ppm (1.2 mg/M3)

2.5 ppm (10.5 mg/M3)
     2.0 mg/M3

1.0 ppm (2.4 mg/M3)
2.0 ppm (5.9 mg/M3)
    Basis for
 Recommendation
    0.01 TLV
    0.01 TLV
Based on similar
compounds
Based on similar
compounds
    0.01 TLV
Based on similar
compounds
    0.01 TLV
    0.01 TLV
     Contaminant in
     Water and Soil
Diethyl ether
Dioxane
Ethylene glycol monoethyl
  ether
Ethylene glycol monoethyl
  ether acetate
Isopropyl ether
Polypropylene glycol
  methyl ether
Propylene oxide
Tetrahydrofuran
 Provisional Limits
   60 ppm (mg/1)

   18 ppm (mg/1)

   10 ppm (mg/1)

   6.0 ppm (mg/1)

  52.5 ppm (mg/1)

   10 ppm (mg/1)

   12 ppm (mg/1)

  29.5 ppm (mg/1)
    Basis for
 Recommendation
 Stokinger and
 Woodward Method
 Stokinger and
 Woodward Method
Based on similar
compounds
Based on similar
compounds
 Stokinger and
 Woodward Method
Based on similar
compounds
 Stokinger and
 Woodward Method
 Stokinger and
 Woodward Method
                                   31

-------
               5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE  MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

              Option No.  1  -  Recycling  of Concentrated Waste

     It would be advisable in all cases to first contact the manufacturer
to determine if the material can be recycled.  The applicability of this
option depends on the type and extent of contamination or degradation the
material has suffered.

               Option No.  2 - Disposal  of Concentrated Waste
                                               2402
                        Containing  No  Peroxides

      Prime factors to consider in  the  disposal  of ethers  are:   possible
 presence of peroxides in liquid or on  container elements; flash  points;
 vapor density with respect to air; liquid flammability;  explosive  limits
 with air; and propensity to accumulate static electrical  charges that may
 ignite vapors.

      Waste materials containing lower molecular weight  ethers  should not be
 emptied into drains or sewers, as  sewer explosions  are  likely  to result.
 The vapors will  travel  long distances  before dissipation, and  a  steam or
 process line may be hot enough to  effect ignition.

     Where  there is  certainty  that peroxides are not present, disposal  may
be  accomplished by  discharging  liquid  (not vapor) at a controlled rate near
a pilot  flame.  An  inert gas  line  connected  to the vapor phase and a valve
controlled  line from the bottom  of the  container will permit a gravity feed
of  the  liquid to a  pilot flame  at  a safe distance.  The inert gas avoids
contact  of  the liquid with air  and will  inert the vapor space in the
container.   The rate of  burning  can be  valve controlled.  Lines and
containers  should  be grounded.

-------
              Option No. 3 - Disposal of Concentrated Waste
                                                   2402
                  Suspected of Containing Peroxides
     Where peroxides are known to exist, or it is suspected that they might
exist, it is suggested that no attempt be made to open the containers.
(Peroxides tend to form in the threads of bungs and caps, and are easily
ignited by the frictional heat generated when these closures are turned).
Handling of the containers should be minimized.  The containers should be
destroyed from an upwind position of 100 feet or more away, using
rifle fire so aimed that most of the ether will be forced to spill on the
ground and evaporate.  This should be done at a remote location, away from
habitation, where no harm to the public or surroundings can occur.  It
should be remembered that there is always the possibility that fire may
ensue or the container might explode.  Alternatively, a blasting cap or
small explosive charge may be used to perforate the container from a safe
distance.

            Option No.  4 -  Incineration  of Dilute Organic Wastes

     Dilute organic waste can be safely incinerated provided the burning
temperature is sufficiently high to reduce the waste to C0? and water.

            Option No.  5 -  Incineration  of Dilute Aqueous Waste

     Since ethers generally resist biological degradation;    dilute
aqueous waste containing ethers above preliminary limits for water and soil
can be disposed of by incineration.   It is recommended that dilute aqueous
waste be thermally oxidized by spraying the aqueous solution into an
incinerator which is at a temperature of at least 1500 p.

               6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Most of the wastes generated by the industries that produce and use
these materials can best be handled and treated at the site of the
generation by methods discussed in Section 5.  Since adequate methods are

                                    33

-------
available for disposal of these materials and they can  be  implemented  by
the manufacturers and users, they are not judged to be  candidate waste
stream constituents requiring National  Disposal  Site treatment.
                                    34

-------
                              7.   REFERENCES
0766. Sax, I. R.  Dangerous properties of industrial  materials.   3d  ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Corp.,  1968.   1,251  p.

1433. Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical  technology.   2d ed. 22 v. and
        suppl.   New York, Wiley-Interscience  Publishers, 1963-1971.

1492. Merck index of chemicals and drugs, 7th ed.  Rahway,  New Jersey,
        Merck Company, Inc.,  1960. 1,634 p.

1570. Weast, R.C., ed_ Handbook of chemistry and  physics.  48th ed.
        Cleveland, Chemical  Rubber Company, 1969.  2,100  p.

1571. Schnell Publishing Company, Inc.  1971-72 POD chemical  buyers  directory.
        59th ed.   New York,  1971.  1,584 p.

2401. Ethers.  Bulletin F-40524.   Union Carbide  Chemical Company, New York.
        41 p.

2402. Manufacturing Chemists'  Association,  Inc.   Chemical  safety data sheet
        SD-29.   Properties and essential informati  on for  safe handling and
        use of ethyl ether.   Revised 1965.  Washington.  18 p.
                                   35

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. H. Name    Diethyl ether  (152)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name 	
Common Names  Diethyl Ether	
              Sulfuric  ether;  anesthesia  ether
Molecular Wt.  74.12^	    Melting Pt. -116.2 C^         Boiling Pt.  34.6
Density (Condensed)  0.7135     @ 20/4 C	Density (gas)      	@
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
 442 mm       
-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Ethylene glycol Monoethyl Ether  (187)
IUC Name  2-methoxyethanor1'
Common Names
                                                                Structural Formula
                                                            CH3OCH2CH2OH
Molecular Wt.    76.11
                      (1)
                                     Melting Pt. -85.1
                                                      (1)
Density  (Condensed) Q.9647^   @  204 4 C    Density (gas)_
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 0
Boiling Pt.  125
               (i:
Flash Point
               	         Autoignition Temp._
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	
                                                             Upper_
                                                             Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water  Infinite
                                       Hot Water
  EthanolVery soluble
    Others:  Ether,  benzene
Acid, Base Properties  Neutral
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with
Shipped in_
ICC Classification
                                                 Coast Guard  Classification
Comments  '^ni|r'"°5    •   ^astman  Chemical Products.  Celanese C.hemiral Co; llninn Carbide
         Corporation.                       	
References (1)  1570
           (2)  1571
                                             37

-------
H. M. Name Ethyleneqlycol m
IUC Name
HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
WORKSHEET •
onoethyl ether acetate (188)
Structural Formula

Common Names Ethyl ene Glvcol Monoethvl- CH3COOCH?CH?OC,
Ether Acetate
Molecular Wt. 132.17^
Density (Condensed) 0.9748
Vapor Pressure (recommended
1.2 mm @ 20 C^1^
Flash Point 120,FU)
Flammability Limits in Air
Explosive Limits in Air (wt
Solubility^
Cold Water
Others: Ether, acetone
Acid, Base Properties
("Cellusolve" Acetate)
?H5 ;
Melting Pt. -61.7 C(1> Boiling Pt. 156.4 C(1) t
& 20/20 C(1' Density (gas) 4.72(1) @
air = T.OO
55 C and 20 0
@
Autolgnition Temp. 715 F(1)
(wt %) Lower Upper
. %) Lower 1.71 percent L.E.LUpper

G> i

•

Hot Water Ethanol Soluble


!
>
Highly Reactive with ;
/
Compatible with ' :
;
Shipped in !
ICC Classification
(2)
Comment-; Sources' ': A.I.D
Coast Guard Classification i
. Chemical Co: Amsco Division: Ashland Chemical C.n: CPS Chpmiral f.o
Celanese Chemical CQ^ E.AStman Chemical ProdlirtQ? Stnnpu-Muollpr Tnr; Thnmncnn-HauuiarH .;
Chemical Co; Union Carbide
Co.


References (1 ) 0766 '••
(2) 1571 ;
(3) 1570
38

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Tsnprnpyl Fthpr  (232)
IUC Name 	
Common Names  Isopropyl ether	
                                                               Structural Formula
              2-Isopropoxypropane

Molecular Wt.   102.17(1)
                                                          (CH3)2CHOCH(CH3),
Density (Condensed) 0.719
                                @  25 C
                                     Melting Pt.   -60 C
                                       (1)
                                                       (1)
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 Q
Density (gas)  3.52^
               air = 1.00
                       Boiling Pt.  68.5
 150 mm
              (3  25 C
                     (1)
                                    400 mm
    48.2 C
                                                       (2)
Flash Point  -18 FUJ
                                   Autoignition Temp.   830 Fv';
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %)

SolubilW2)
    Cold Water  Slightly soluble
                                     Lower 1.4  percent
                                       Hot Water
                Upper  21.0 percent
                                 Soluble in all
                         Ethanol  proportions
    Others:  Ether
Acid, Base Properties_
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with
Shipped in_
ICC Classification
Comments Sourcesv
                                                 Coast Guard Classification
                       A.I.D.  Chemical  Co; Allied Chemical  Corp: Amsco
 Industries:  F. H. Ross  &  Co; Rngpr  r.hpmiral r.n; <;hpii
                                                                   stonoy Muollcr  In
Suburban  Chemical  Co;  Thompson-Hayward Chemical Co; Union Carbide Corp
References (1)
           (2)
           (3)
                0766
                1570
                1571
                                               39

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Prooylene oxide (362)
                                                               Structural  Formula
IUC Name
Common Names_ Propvlene Oxide
             1,2-Epoxypropane, Propene oxide
OCH2CHCH3
Molecular Wt.   58.08^	    Melting Pt.  -104.4 c^        Boiling Pt.  33.9

Density (Condensed) 0.8304      @ 2Q/gO C^ Density (gas)  2.0^	9
                                                           air =  1.00
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

  400 mm      @ 17.8 C^         760 mm      @ 33.9 C^         	@
Flash Point  -35 F                 Autoignition Temp.	

Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air  (voi %}     Lower  2.1%	    Upper   21.5%
Solubility
          (2)
    Cold Water Soluble in 100 parts    Hot Water	  Ethanol ^oluble
    Others: Ether  •	

Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in_
ICC Classification	  Coast Guard  Classification	

Comments  Sources^  ':  jASF Wyandotte Cor; Dow-Chemical Co;  Jefferson  Chemical  Co;  01 in
 Chemicals: Qxirane Corp: Union Carbide C.nrp.   	
References  (1)    0766
            (2)    1492

            (3)    1571
                                              40

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name    Tetrahydrofuran  (426)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name 	
Common Names Tetrahydrofuran                 	
             Cyclotetramethylene
Molecular Wt.  72.10(1)	    Melting Pt.    -108.5 C(1)      Boiling Pt.  65-4 C(1)
Density (Condensed) Q.RRR	@ 2Q/4 C^'  Density (gas)  2.5^     @	
                                                            air = 1.00
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point   i pO)	         Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper
Solubility (3)
    Cold Water   soluble	  Hot Water	   Ethanol  Soluble
    Others:    Kpt.nnps, pt.hpr<;, hydrorarbon*;
Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in
ICC Classification   	  Coast Guard  Classification	
Comments  Sources^  ': Ashland Chemical Co; Conray Products Co; E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co;
International Chemical Corp; McKesson Chemical Co; Pyramid Chemical Sales  Co; Quaker Oats Co;
Western Eaton Solvents & Chemicals Co.
References (1)  0766
           (2)  1492
           (3)  1571
                                            41

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. M. Name   Dioxane  (153)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name 	

Common Names  Diethylene dioxide	
              Dioxane
Molecular Wt.  88.10(1)	    Melting Pt.  10 C(1)	    Boiling  Ft.101-1

Density (Condensed) 1.0353      @  20/4 C	Density (gas)	G>

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

 40 mm        @  25.2 C^         100 m     @ 45.1 C
                                                           ^
Flash Point 54 F                   Autoignition Temp.  356

Flammability Limits .in Air (wt %)    Lower _    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %)      Lower  1.97 percent     upper 22.2 percent
                                                                               ^
                                                                              Soluble in all
    Cold Water Soluble in all proportions        	^   Ethanol  proportions

    Others:  Fther, acetone, organic solvents, acetic acid

Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with
Shipped in
ICC Classification	  Coast Guard Classification	

Comments  Mfq.^3  .   Amsco  Division;  Ashland  Chemical  Co; J. T. Baker Chemical Co; Corco
rhPitriral  r.n;  Rrant  Chemicals,  Inc; MC&B  Manufacturing Chemists: Southland  Solvents and
 Chemical  Co;  Stoney-Mueller,  Inc;  Union  Carbide Corp.
References  (1)  °766
            (2)  1570

            (3)  1571

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT

                           Pi nitrobenzene (163)

                               1.   GENERAL
     Dinitrobenzenes range from white to yellowish crystals and are
described as being highly toxic.      They comprise three possible \.
isomers:  l,2-(mp, 118 C), l,3-(mp, 89 C) and l,4-(mp, 173 C).1492
     The 1,3-isomer is prepared by the direct nitration of benzene using
nitric acid and sulfuric acid.      The material  produced on a commercial
basis generally consists of a mixture of isomers  containing 91 to 94 percent
                     1433
of the meta compound.      Oxidation of primary aromatic amines is the
method used to prepare 1,2- and 1,4-dinitrobenzene since these compounds
cannot be obtained in good yield by direct nitration.      Meta-dinitrobenzene
has been used as a substitute for TNT and other high explosives but because
of its toxicity and the availability of more powerful explosives, it no
                               1433
longer is utilized in this way.

     Meta-dinitrobenzene is produced commercially by E. I. duPont de Nemours
and Company.1571 It is considered unsuitable for handling on a mass-production
                                      1 /I O O
basis because of its hazardous nature.
     Physical/chemical properties of the three isomers are summarized in the
attached worksheets.

                              2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Dinitrobenzene is described as being extremely toxic.  It has an
irritating effect on the respiratory system and causes the skin to become
bluish in color.
                                    43

-------
                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     The dinitrobenzenes are considered to be severe explosion hazards.     '
When these materials are heated to decomposition, they emit highly toxic  fumes
of oxides of nitrogen and explode.      All of the dinitrobenzenes should be
treated as highly toxic materials and the skin, eyes and lungs should be
protected accordingly.
                   4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                       Handling, Storage, and Transportation
      In handling dinitrobenzene, direct skin contact must be prevented by use
of suitable protective clothing.  These materials are to be protected from
shock and heat to prevent  fire and/or explosion.

     Pertinent shipping regulations may be found in the Code of Federal
Regulations, Title 49, Transportation, Sections 73.364, 73.371, 73.345 and
73.346 under the headings  of dinitrobenzol, solid and dinitrobenzol, liquid.
Under these regulations, dinitrobenzenes are classed as Poison B.

                               Disposal/Reuse

      Disposal or reuse of  waste dinitrobenzene streams must take into account
the explosive and toxic nature of these materials.  It is assumed that dilute
aqueous waste streams containing dinitrobenzene are treated in the same manner
as the dinitrophenol waste streams, i.e., secondary treatment using acclimated
activated sludges and aeration (see Profile Report on dinitrophenol [164]).

      Recommended provisional limits for dinitrobenze in the environment are
as follows:
                                    44

-------
  Contaminant                                                Basis of
and Environment             Provisional Limit             Recommendation
Dinitrobenzene in air          0.01 mg/M                     0.01  TLV
Dinitrobenzene in water       0.05 ppm (mg/1)             Stokinger and
and soil                                                  Woodward Method
                5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Dinitrobenzenes are expected to appear primarily as aqueous waste streams
in low concentrations and only rarely as concentrated waste.  The processing
options are briefly described in the following paragraphs together with recom-
mendations as to their adequacy.

                        Concentrated Dinitrobenzenes

     In the event it becomes necessary to dispose of a significant quantity
of concentrated dinitrobenzene, incineration appears to be the only accept-
able technique  currently available.  Qualified personnel familiar with
handling toxic and explosive materials must be available to operate the
facility.  The dinitrobenzene must be diluted with other combustible materials
which are not explosive and incinerated under controlled conditions where
oxides of nitrogen are removed from the effluent gas by scrubbers, and/or
                             1435
catalytic or thermal devices.      Combustion should be carried out at a
minimum temperature of 1,800 F over a minimum residence time of 2.0 seconds.

                            Dilute Aqueous Waste
     Dinitrobenzene appears as aqueous waste in the manufacturing process.
Other sources of waste are from water used in the cleaning of equipment used
in dinitrobenzene service.  It is assumed that methods used to dispose of
aqueous dinitrobenzene waste are similar to methods for dinitrophenol, i.e.,
secondary treatment utilizing activated sludges.  The adequacy of this prac-
tice is in doubt due to the apparent difficulty of microorganisms to degrade
aromatic nitro compounds.      Until data are available to show that dini-
trobenzenes can be degraded satisfactorily in secondary treatment facilities,

                                     45

-------
it is recommended that aqueous waste streams be concentrated and treated as
discussed in the section on concentrated dinitrobenzenes.

               6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     The dinitrobenzenes do not appear to be candidate waste stream consti-
tuents for National Disposal Sites since they may be treated by common
industrial techniques.  It is anticipated that the great majority of the
aqueous dinitrobenzene waste generated in the chemical industries will con-
tinue to be treated at the source of the waste generation, and/or industrial
disposal facilities but that emphasis should be changed from biological
treatment processes to concentration and subsequent controlled incineration
until the efficiency of the biological processes is proven.  In the event
concentrated material becomes contaminated, it can be incinerated as dis-
cussed in the section on Concentrated Dinitrobenzenes.
                                    46

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES
0766.  Sax, N.  I.   Dangerous properties  of industrial  materials.  New York,
         Reinhold  Publishing Corporation,  1957.   1,467.p.

1044.  Marion,  C.  V.,  and G. W.  Malaney.   Ability of activated  sludge miro-
         organisms to  oxidize aromatic organic  compounds.   ln^ proceedings;
         Eighteenth Industrial  Waste Conference,  Engineering  Bulletin of
         Purdue University,  1963.  p. 297-308

1433.  Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia  of chemical  technology.  2d  ed.  22 v. and
         suppl.  New York, Interscience  Publishers,  1963. p.  297-308.

1435.  John Zink Company. NO  1071m.  Bulletin  number NO 1071m.  John  Zink
         Company,  Tulsa, Oklahoma. 4 p.

1492.  Merck and Company.  The Merck index of chemicals  and drugs.   Rahway
         New Jersey, 1960.  1,043  p.

1571.  1971-72  OPD Chemical  buyers guide.  59th  ed.   Schnell Publishing
         Company,  Inc. 1971. 1,584 p.

1655.  Fieser,  L.  F.,  and M. Fieser.  Organic chemistry.  Boston, D. C.
         Heath  and Company,  1957.  1,112  p.

1656.  Condon,  F.  E.,  and H. Meislich.   Introduction to  organic chemistry.
         New York, Holt, Reinhart, and Winston,  Inc.  1956.  841  p.
                                    47

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name  Qinitrobenzene (163)
                                                               Structural  Formula
IUC Name  1.2-dinitrobenzene
Common Names 0-dinitrobenzol,  ortho-dinitrobenzene
                                                                              302.8 C G>
Molecular Wt.    168.11	    Melting Pt.       118 C         Boiling Pt.@_/_70 mm.
Density (Condensed)  1.571	@ OC/4C	Density (gas)  5.79 (air=1g	°	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point    302  F	         Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower__	    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water  Slightly Soluble^     Hot Water	   Ethanol  Soluble^
    Others:   Very  soluble  in  chloroform^ hot  alcohor2'
Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with
Shipped in
ICC Classification	  Coast Guard  Classification
Comments   Volatile with steanr  '	
References  (V)   (0766)
            (2)   (1570)
            (3)
                                              48

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Pi nitrobenzene
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name    1.4-di nitrobenzene
Common Names  1,4-dinitrobenzene.  para-dinitrobenzol
                                                            CfiH4(N02),
Molecular Wtl^   168.11	    Melting Ptl1)  172  C	Boiling  Pt. 299C 0 777 mm
Density (Condensed)	@	Density (gas)	@	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point _         Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower _    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %}      Lower _    Upper_
Solubility*                                                                                .
    Cold Water  insnluhlp^1)            Hot Water	   Ethanol Slightly Soluble
    Others: Soluble  in chloroform'1'   acetic
Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in_
ICC Classification	  Coast Guard  Classification
Comments   Vnlatilo unth cteam *-D orally in cats:  29.4mg/kg^ '	
References (1) (1570)
           (2) (1492)
                                             49

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H.  M. Name  Pi nitrobenzene (163)
IDC Name   1,3-dinitrobenzene
Common Names  m-dinitrobenzol. meta-dinitrobenzene
                                                               Structural  Formula
Molecular WtP^   168.11
                                     Melting Pt.O) qn r
                                                                   Boiling Pt.0)@  756 mm.
Density (Condensed)
                                @
                                             Density (gas)
                                                                      @
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point
                                   Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower
                                                             Upper_
                                                             Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water  insnluhlcill.
                                       Hot Water
                                                                     Ethanolyer  Sol
    Others: So1Mb1e in ether(1). rhlnroform(1) very soluble  in  benzene(1)
Acid, Base Properties _
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in
ICC Classification
                                                 Coast Guard  Classificatio
 Comments    Volatile with
References  (1)  (1570)
            (2)  (1492)
                                             50

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

                           Dinitrophenol (164)

                               1.   GENERAL

     The dinitrophenols are yellowish crystals described as being highly
toxic     and readily adsorbed through the intact skin.       They comprise
six possible position isomers:1492'0766'1570  2,3-(mp, 144 C);  2,4-(mp,
112 C); 2,5-(mp, 108 C); 2,6-(mp,  63 C); 3,4-(mp, 134 C); 3,5-(mp, 126 C).

     Partially or fully nitrated phenols are obtained in industry by hydro-
lyzing the corresponding chloro compounds with dilute alkali.  The dinitro-
phenols are then reduced to yield amino phenols which are employed as in-
                                                                  1433
termediates -for dyes, Pharmaceuticals, and photographic chemicals.

     Large scale commercial facilities for the manufacture of dinitrophenol
are operated by American Aniline Products, American Hoechst Corporation and
                          1571
Southern Dyestuff Company.      Physical/chemical properties are summarized
in the attached worksheets.

                             2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Dinitrophenol is a moderate to severe health hazard for both acute and
chronic exposures.  Liver and kidney damage have been reported in chronic
poisoning.      Fatal cases have been reported in the literature from the
inhalation of the dust in a concentration estimated to be 40 mg/M .
Dinitrophenol is readily absorbed through intact skin and its vapors are
                                       1492
absorbed through the respiratory tract.

     Based upon comparable data and experience for dinitro-o-cresol, it is
believed that a level of 0.2 mg/M  for an exposure time of eight hours is
safe.       Care should be exercised in handling to prevent contact of the
material with the skin, eyes, or clothing.

                                    51

-------
                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     The 2,3-dinitrophenol is considered to be a severe explosion hazard.
The 2,4- and 2,6-isomers are only moderately hazardous in this respect.
Information on 2,5-, 3,4- and 3,5- is not available but should be assumed
to represent a potential hazard.  All the dinitrophenols should be treated
as moderate to highly toxic materials and the skin, eyes and lungs should
be protected accordingly.

               4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                  Handling, Storage, and Transportation

                                      1564
     The recommended control procedure     for dinitrophenols requires that
direct skin contact be prevented by use of suitable protective clothing.
Where exhaust ventilation cannot effectively control dust and mist exposures,
respirators should be provided.  Strict personal cleanliness and frequent
change of clothing is advised.  Safety showers and eye wash fountains should
be provided in areas where these materials are handled.

     Pertinent shipping  regulations may be found in the Code of Federal
Regulations, Title 49, Transportation, Sections 73.345 and.73.362a.  Under
these regulations, dinitrophenol solutions are classed as Poison B.

                             Disposal/Re use

     Southern Dyestuff Company     is currently under partial sponsorship
by the EPA to conduct studies pertaining to experimental treatment processes
for aqueous dinitrophenol waste streams.  The main effort of the research
is directed toward the development of secondary disposal techniques to
handle dilute waste water streams containing 2,4-dinitrophenol.  The
                                        1621
Hyperion Plant in El Segundo, California     will accept dinitrophenol only
under controlled conditions and at very low volumes.
                                    52

-------
     Recommended provisional  limits of dinitrophenol  in the environment
are as follows:
Contaminant and         Maximum Concentration and             Basis for
  Environment           Point Source Release Rate          Recommendation
Dinitrophenol in               0.002 mg/M3                   0.01  TLV
  Air
Dinitrophenol in               0.010 ppm(mg/l)             Stokinger and
  Water and Soi1                                            Woodward Method
              5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Dinitrophenol  is expected to appear primarily in aqueous waste streams
at low concentrations and only rarely as concentrated waste.   The processing
options are briefly described in the following paragraphs together with re-
commendations as  to their adequacy.

                       Concentrated Dinitrophenol

     In the event it becomes necessary to dispose  of a significant quantity
of concentrated dinitrophenol, three disposal  options are available.   These
options are:

     Option No. 1 - Recycle.  The first option is  to contact the manufacturer
and determine if it is possible to return the material.  Southern Dyestuff
Company     has indicated a willingness to accept  concentrated dinitrophenol
for reprocessing.  The option of recycling the material is adequate and
should be used whenever possible.

     Option No. 2 - Incineration.  Incineration is the second choice option
provided controlled combustion processes where the oxides of nitrogen are
                                                                 1435
scrubbed from the effluent gas are used or where a thermal device     is
used to reduce the oxides of nitrogen to their elemental form.  The material
should be combusted at a minimum temperature of 1,800 F for at least 2.0
seconds.
                                    53

-------
     Option No. 3 - Sanitary Landfill.  Sanitary landfills are generally
not recommended because of the potential of ground and surface water pol-
lution as well as possible occupational hazards resulting from on-site
handling.      However, California Class I-type landfills are adequate
when the material is contained and has  low vapor pressure.
                          Dilute Aqueous Haste

     Dinitrophenol appears in the aqueous waste streams manufacturing pro-
cess.  Other sources of vfaste are water used in the cleaning of equipment
used in dinitrophenol service.  Methods for adequately handling the disposal
of dilute aqueous solutions of dinitrophenol are currently under study by
the Southern Dyestuff Company under the partial sponsorship of EPA
since effectiveness of the present secondary treatment techniques utilizing
activated sludges to dispose of dilute aqueous waste are in question.

     Dinitrophenol can, under controlled conditions, be discharged into a
                                              1 CO!
municipal sewage system at very small volumes,     but the adequacy of this
practice is in doubt due to the apparent difficulty of microorganisms to
                                 1044
degrade aromatic nitro compounds.      Until data are available to show
that dinitrophenol can be degraded satisfactorily in secondary treatment
facilities, it is recommended that aqueous waste streams be concentrated
and treated as discussed in the section on concentrated dinitrophenol.

              6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES
      The dinitrophenols do not appear to be candidate waste stream con-
 stituents for National Disposal  Sites.  It is anticipated that systems
 to handle the great majority of  the aqueous dinitrophenol waste generated
 in the chemical process industries will continue to be located at the
 source of the waste generation,,  but that empahsis should be changed from
 biological treatment processes to concentration and subsequent controlled
                                   54

-------
incineration until the adequacy of the biological  processes  is  proven.
In the event concentrated material  becomes contaminated,  manufacturers
of dinitrophenol can be contacted and arrangements made to return the
material for recycling, or, if need be, it can be  incinerated as  dis-
cussed in the section on Concentrated Dinitrophenol.
                                    55

-------
                             7.  REFERENCES
0620. Information available on empty containers and emergency situations.
        (PB 197 146), Washington, Working Group on Pesticides, Sept.  1970.
        58 p.

0766. Sax, N. I.  Dangerous properties of industrial  materials.   3d ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Company, 1968.   1,251  p.

1433. Kirk-Othmer.  Encyclopedia of chemical technology.   2d ed.   22  v.
        and suppl.  New York, Wiley-Interscience Publishers, 1963-1971.

1435. John Zirk Company.  NOX destructor.  Bulletin No.  NOX  1071m.  Tulsa,
        Oklahoma.

1450. Personal communication.  Dr. Huber, Southern Dyestuff  Company,  to
        W. P. Kendrick, TRW Systems, Mar. 28, 1972.

1492. Merck and Company, Inc.  The Merck index of chemicals  and  drugs.
        Rahway, New Jersey, 1960.  1,643 p.

1564. 2,4-Dinitrophenol.  (Hygienic Guide Series).  Detroit, American
        Industrial Hygiene Assn.  2 p.

1570. Chemical Rubber Company.  Handbook of chemistry and physics.  47th ed.
        Cleveland, 1966.  1,500 p.

1571. OPD Chemical buyers directory.  New York, Schnell  Publishing Company,
        1971.  1,584 p.

1621. Personal communication.  S. Sheridan, City of Los  Angeles,  Bureau of
        Sanitation, to W. P.  Kendrick, TRW Systems, Apr.  24, 1972.
                                   56

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Dinitrophenol  (164)
IUC Name    2,3-dinitrophenol
Conmon Names  2,3-dinitrophenol
                                                               Structural Formula
              1-hydroxy-2,3-di ni trobenzene
                                                                   (N02)2C6H3OH
Molecular Wt.   184/
                                                     144 c
                                                          o:
              	        _     Melting  Pt. 	
Density.   (Solid)     1.68P1'    @	20_C	Density  (gas)  6.35^    @
                                                                    Boiling  Pt._
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 0
                                                           Air = 1
Flash Point
                                   Autoignitlon Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	

Solubility ^
    Cold Water  Slightly soluble        Hot Water_
    Others:   ether (very soluble)
Acid, Base Properties	
                                                             Upper_
                                                             Upper_
                                                                             Very soluble in
                                                                      Ethanol hot ethanol
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in_
ICC Classification
                                                 Coast Guard  Classification
Comment.   Sources1^   Not  listed
References (1)  0766
           (2)  1570
           (3)  1571
                                           57

-------
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
              •
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Dinitrophenol (164)
IUC Name   2,4-dinitrophenol
Common Names  2,4-dinitrophenol
                                                               Structural Formula
                   orally rats 30 mg/kg* '
                                                                (N02)2C6H3OH
Molecular Wt.
Density  (Solid)     1.683
                                     Melting Pt.
                                                    112 C
                                                         .(1)
@   24
                                             Density (gas)  6. 35
                                                                "(D
Boiling Pt._
   &
                                                            Air = 1
Flash Point
                                   Autoignition
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower_
Explosive. Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower
                                                             Upper_
                                                             Upper_
SolubilIty
          (2)
    Cold Mater   Slightly soluble      Hot Water_
    Others:  ether, benzene, chloroform
Acid, Base Properties	
                                                                      Ethanol
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in
ICC Classification
                                                 Coast Guard Classification
Comments   Sources
                  (3).
                        AmpHran Aniline Prndnrt*:. Tnr.; Southern Dvestuff Company
References  (1)  0766
            (2)  1570
            (3)  1571
            (4)  1492
                                              58

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name   Dim'trophenol  (164)

IUC Name    2.5-dinitrophenol

Common Names 2,5-dinitrophenol
                                                               Structural Formula
                                                               (N02)2C6H3OH
Molecular Wt.
Density (Condensed)_
                  184.11
                        (1)
                                     Melting Pt.    108 C
                                                        (1)
                                             Density (gas)_
       Boiling Pt._

          0
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

              G>
Flash Point
                                   Autoignition Temp.
                                     Lower
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower_

Explosive,Limits in Air (wt.  %}


Solubility(1)
    Cold Water	Slightly soluble
Upper_
Upper_
                                       Hot Water
                 Slightly
         Ethanol soluble
    Others: Soluble in hot alcohol, ether, fixed alkali hydroxide

Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with_
Shipped in_
ICC Classification

Commen ts	
                                                 Coast  Guard  Classification
References (1)  1492
                                             53

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. M. Name   Dinitrophenol (164)
                                                               Structural  Formula
IUC Name  2,6-dinitrophenol
Common Names 2.6-dinitrophenol
(N02)2C6H3OH
Molecular Wt.   ] 84 • ] 1 _    Melting Pt.    63 c _   Boiling Pt.

Density (Condensed)_ _ @ __ Density (gas)  6.35^     @ _
                                                           Air = 1
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

              &                               &
Flash Point 	         Autoignition Temp._
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper

Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper	
                                 (4)                      (2)                 Very  soluble  in
    Cold Water   Slightly  soluble^  '    Hot Water  Solub1ev  ;	  Ethanol hot ethanoU^

    Others:    ether  (very); benzene,  chloroform

Acid, Base Properties	.	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in_
ICC Classification	Coast Guard  Classification_

Comments    Sources:   '   American  Hoechst  Corp., Organic Intermediate Dept.
References  (1)  0766

            (2)  1570

            (3)  1571

            (4)  1492  .
                                              60

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Dinitrophenol  (164)
IUC Name  3.4-dinitrophenor  '
Common Names  3,4-dinitrophenol
                                                               Structural  Formula
Molecular Wt.    184.11
                       :D
                                     Melting  Pt.    134 C
                                                       (1)
Density (Condensed)  1.672U'    @
                                             Density (gas)
Boiling Pt._
   (3
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
              &
Flash Point
                                   Autoignition  Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower_

Solubility (1)
    Cold Water  Slightly soluble
                                                            Upper_
                                                            Upper_
                                      Hot Water
    Others:   Soluble in ether
Acid, Base Properties
  Ethanol   Soluble
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in
ICC Classification_
Comments	
                                                Coast Guard Classification
References (1)  1570
                                              61

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name   Dinitrophenol (164)
IUC Name  3,5-dinitrophenol
                           (1)
                                                               Structural Formula
Common Names  3.5-dim'trophenol
                                               (N02)2C6H3OH
Molecular Wt.
184.11
                        (1)
Density (Condensed) 1.702
                         UT
 Melting Pt.   126.1 C(1)       Boiling Pt._
	Density (gas)	     @	
Vapor Pressure  (recommended 55 C and 20 0
Flash Point
                 Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %)      Lower
                                           Upper_
                                           Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water
                     Hot Water
                                 Ethanol  Soluble
                                                                   0)
    Others:  Soluble in benzene, chloroform,  slightly soluble  in  ligroin
Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in_
ICC Classification_
Comments	
                               Coast Guard Classification
References  (1)   1570

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT
                           Diphenylamine (167)

                               1.   GENERAL
     Diphenylamine is a white crystalline substance described as being
highly toxic.      The commercial  product is sold as very pale tan flakes,
light tan fused solid, and amber to brown liquid.

     Diphenylamine is produced by  heating aniline with aniline hydrochloride
at 210  to  240  C  at  a pressure of  90 psi.  If a catalyst  is used,  aniline will
form diphenylamine in the absence  of the hydrochloride.   Diphenylamine is
widely used as  a rubber antioxidant, as an intermediate for  Pharmaceuticals,
and when fused  with sulfur as an insecticide.  It has also been used  as  a
stabilizer for  explosives and in the preparation of azo dyes.

     Commercial facilities for the manufacture of diphenylamine are operated
by American  Cyanamid Co.  and E. I. duPont de Nemours and Company, Inc.1571

     The physical/chemical properties of diphenylamine are summarized in the
attached worksheet.
                               2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Diphenylamine is highly toxic when ingested, inhaled, or absorbed  through
the skin.0766 The Threshold Limit Value (TLV)  Of  10mg/M3  is  based  on  industrial
experience and is known to be sufficiently low to prevent systemic poisoning.
Although the vapor pressure is low  J, diphenylamine may  be irritating  to
mucous membranes     , if inhaled as thf the dust or vapor.   Animal  experi-
ments indicate that it is poorly absorbed through the skin.       Symptoms
of diphenylamine poisoning include bladder trouble, tachycardia,  hyperten-
sion and skin trouble.

     Protective clothing, safety glasses, and respirators (if dust exposure
is possible) should be used when handling diphenylamine.   The decomposition
 products evolved upon heating dephenylamine are  highly toxic.0766
                                    63

-------
                           3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Diphenylamine" should be kept away from open flames, sparks and heat.
Although it emits .highly toxic fumes when heated to decomposition,     it
is only considered a slight fire hazard.   Diphenylamine is not considered
hazardous to health under normal conditions of industrial  use.

                4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                     Handling, Storage and Transportation

     Although experiments     indicate that diphenylamine is not readily
absorbed through the skin, direct skin contact should be prevented by use
of suitable protective clothing.  Where exhaust ventilation cannot
effectively control dust and mist exposures, respirators should be provided.

     Bul'k diphenylamine may be stored in steel equipment for extended
periods of time provided that the temperature is maintained below 65 C.
Prolonged storage at temperatures above 65 C will accelerate discoloration
of the product.1669

     Diphenylamine is shipped in polyethylene lined paper bags, and 8,000
and 10,000 gallon tank cars.  Shipping classification for diphenylamine  is
chemical-NOI-no labels required.

                             Disposal/Reuse

     Diphenyl is found as dilute waste in the tars which appear as bottom
products in the manufacturing processes.  Aqueous waste streams are not
associated with the manufacture of diphenylamine.  Criteria for disposing
of organic diphenylamine waste streams must take into account the toxicity
of the material, and byproducts of disposal.  Recommended provisional
limits for diphenylamine in the environment are as follows:
                                    64

-------
Contaminant in          Provisional Limit      Basis for Recommendation
    Air	
Diphenylamine              0.1 mg/M3                 0.01  TLV
Contaminant in          Provisional Limit      Basis for Recommendation
Water and Soil
Diphenylamine              0.5 ppm(mg/l)       Stokinger & Woodward Method

              5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Diphenylamine is expected to appear primarily in organic waste
streams at low concentrations and only rarely as concentrated waste.
The processing options are briefly described in the following paragraphs
together with recommendations as to their adequacy.

                       Concentrated Diphenylamine

     In the event it becomes necessary to dispose of a significant
quantity of concentrated diphenylamine wastes, and purification/recycling
is impractical, then incineration of the diphenylamine is the recommended
method of disposal.  The material must be incinerated under controlled
conditions where oxides of nitrogen are removed from the effluent gas by
scrubbers and/or thermal or catalytic devices.      Land burial  of con-
centrated diphenylamine wastes is a satisfactory means of disposal pro-
vided the site is acceptable from a geologic and ground water hydrology
standpoint and meets California Class 1-type landfill standards.

                       Dilute Organic Waste Streams

     Diphenylamine appears as dilute waste in the tars which appear as
bottoms products in the manufacturing processes.  Currently, these tars
are disposed of in a plant landfill.      Disposal of dilute waste in
plant landfills is a satisfactory means of disposal provided the site
is acceptable from a geologic and ground water hydrology standpoint and
meets California Class 1 landfill requirements.  Incineration is also
an adequate method of disposal.
                                   65

-------
                  6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL  SITES

     Diphenylamine is not judged to be a candidate waste  stream  constituent
requiring National Disposal Site treatment since the various  waste  forms
containing this material can be treated at the site of generation with  the
common industrial and municipal techniques discussed in Section  5.
                                    66

-------
                            7.   REFERENCES
0766.  Sax, N.I.  Dangerous properties of industrial  materials.   3d  ed.
         New York, Reinhold Book Corp. 1968.  1251  p.

14330  Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical  technology.   2d  ed.  22v.  and
         suppl.  New York, Interscience Publishers,  1963.

1435.  John Zink Company.  NOV destructor.  Bulletin  number  NO   1071m.
         Tulsa. 4 p.         x                               x

1520.  Personal communication.  Mr. Hunt, American Cyanamid  Company  to
         W. P. Kendrick, TRW Systems, Apr. 12, 1972.

1569.  National Fire Protection Association.   Manual  of  hazardous  chemical
         reactions, 1971.  4th ed. Boston, 1971.  308  p.

1571.  Schnell Publishing Co. 1971-72 OPD chemical buyers  guide.  59th ed.
         New York, 1971, 1584 p.

1656.  Condon, F. E., and H. Meislich.  Introduction  to  organic  chemistry.
         New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston Inc. 1960.  841  p.

1669.  American Cyanamid Company.  Diphenylamine.   Bound Brook,  New  Jersey
         1969. 1 p.
                                    67

-------
H. M. Name Diphenylamine (167)
IUC Name
Common Names Diphenylamine
Phenylaniline
Molecular Wt. 169.24^'
Density (Condensed )1 .16 ^ @
HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
WORKSHEET #167
Structural Formula
(C,Hr)o NH

Melting Pt. 52.9 C^ Boiling Pt. 302 C^
Density (gas) 5. 82^ @
(Air=l)
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
1 mm @ 108.3 C^ @ @
Flash Point 307 F^
(cc)
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %)
Solubility
Cold Water Insoluble(5)
Autoignition Temp. 846 F'1^
Lower Upper
Lower Upper
Hot Water Ethanol Soluble^
Others: Freely soluble in oroDvl alcohol, benzene, ether, glacial acetic acid, carbon,...
/-,\ disulfi(iev '
Acid, Base Properties Appx neutral v '

Highly Reactive with Hexachloromelamine, trichloromelamine^ '
Forms salts with strong acids ^ '

Compatible with mild steeP '


Shipped in polyethylene lin^d paper baas, tank cars^6'
ICC Classification
Commpnt? Mfq^ ' American Cvanamid

Coast Guard Classification
Co.. E. I. duPont de Nemour<: and r.n Tnr



References (1) (0766)
(2) (1656)
(3) (1433)
(4) (1569) (7) (1571)
(5) (1492)
(6) (1669)
68

-------
                            PROFILE REPORT ON
                HALOGENATED ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBON FUMIGANTS
      Ethylene Bromide (182). Methyl Bromide (267). Methyl Chloride (268)

                               1.  GENERAL
                               Introduction

      Fumigants are  chemicals which  are distributed  through space  as gases,
and therefore, at a  given temperature  and pressure  must exist in  the  gaseous
state in sufficient concentration to be lethal  to the insect  pest.  This
physical requirement greatly limits the number of insecticides which may
be used as fumigants, and most of the fumigants marketed today are
halogenated hydrocarbons with high vapor pressures.   Methyl  bromide is one
of the most widely used general fumigants, and ethylene bromide (ethylene
dibromide) is an effective soil fumigant because of its slower release rate
of vapors.  Methyl chloride, though not used primarily as a fumigant, is often
employed in aerosol bombs to control flying insects  in enclosed premises.

     The 1970 production figures for the three fumigants are: ethylene
bromide, 296,826,000 Ib; methyl bromide, 21,047,000 Ib; and  methyl chloride,
422,678,000 Ib.       All three commodities are expected to sustain a moderate-
co-good growth rate in the near future  despite the fact that ethylene
bromide is also used as a component of antiknock fluid in  conjunction with lead
alkyls and the possible phasing out of leaded gasoline.

                               Manufacture

     Ethylene Bromide.  Ethylene bromide is manufactured by reacting ethylene
and bromine in either batch or continuous processes, with the final product
obtained by fractional distillation after washing the reactor effluent with
                                                                     •I QQQ
dilute aqueous alkali to remove small quantities of hydrogen bromide.
The U.S. producers of ethylene bromide include the following    '    :
                                    69

-------
                   Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Michigan.
                   Ethyl Corporation,  Bromet, Arkansas.
                   Ethyl Corporation,  Houston, Texas.
                   Great Lakes Chemical  Corporation, El Dorado, Arkansas.
                   Houston Chemical Company, Beaumont, Texas.
                   Michigan Chemical  Corporation,  El Dorado, Arkansas.
     Methyl Bromide.  Methyl  bromide  is  usually manufactured by using elemen-
tary bromine together with a  reducing agent as the source  of hydrogen bromide
for reaction with methanol.   The reducing agents that have been employed
include sulfur dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, and sulfur raw oil, and both
                                                                  1808
batch and continuous processes have been carried out industrially.
The current U.S. producers of methyl  bromide are '506»'818:
                   Dow Chemicar Company, Midland, Michigan
                   Great Lakes Chemical  Corporation, El Dorado, Arkansas.
                   Kerr-McGee Chemical  Corporation,  Los Angeles,  California.
                   •Michigan Chemical  Corporation, St. Louis, Michigan.
     Methyl Chloride.  The two  principal processes for industrial  production
of methyl  chloride are chlorination of methane and reaction of hydrogen
chloride with methanol.  The  methanol-hydrogen chloride reaction yields methyl
chloride as the sole product, whereas  chlorination of methane yields other
chlorinated hydrocarbon coproducts of equal commercial importance in
substantial amounts, such as  methylene chloride and carbon tetrachloride.
The U.S. producers of methyl  chloride  include the following    '    :
                 Allied Chemical Corporation, Moundsville, West Virginia.
                 Ancon Chemical Corporations West Lake, Louisiana
                 Dow Chemical Company, Freeport, Texas.
                 Dow Chemical Company, Pittsburgh, California.
                 Dow Corning  Corporation, Carroll ton, Kentucky.
                 Dow Corning  Corporation, Midland, Michigan.
                 E. I. Du Pont de Nemours & Company, Niagara Falls, flew  York.
                 Ethyl Corporation, Baton Rouge, Louisiana
                 Vulcan Materials Company, Chemical Division, Newark, New Jersey.
                 Union Carbide  Corporation,  Institute, West  Virginia.
                                    70

-------
                                  Uses
     Ethylene bromide is used mostly as an ingredient of automobile and
aircraft fuels to aid in removing lead from the engine cylinders.  The
next most important use is an active ingredient of grain fumigant formulations
for insect control and of soil fumigants for the control of wireworms and
nematodes.  Other much smaller uses are as a nonflammable solvent for
resins, gums, and waxes, and as an intermediate in synthesis.

     The major use of methyl bromide is in the extermination of insect and
rodent pests, as the compound is very suitable for the fumigation of food
commodities and areas in which they are processed and stored, as well as
for tobacco and nursery stock.  Methyl bromide has also been used as a fire
extinguisher, although its application is limited due to its high toxicity.
In moderately small amounts, methyl bromide is used in organic synthesis,
                                    1433
particularly as a methylating agent.

     The principal uses of methyl chloride are in the manufacture of silicon.
butyl rubber, tetramethyl lead, and methyl cellulose.   Methyl chloride is
also used as a fumigant in controlling flies and other flying insects, but
the application in this area amounts to a small proportion of its total usage.
Other industrial applications include its use as a methylating agent in
the production of quaternary ammonium compounds and of triptane, and as
starting material  in the manufacture of methylene chloride, chloroform,
carbon tetrachloride, and of various broraochloro- and chlrofluoro-methanes.1433

                       Sources and Types of Wastes
     The sources of ethylene bromide, methyl bromide,  and methyl chloride
wastes may include the following: (1) manufacturers of the chemicals;  (2)
pesticide formulators; (3) wholesalers of the chemicals; (4) professional
applicators; (5) agricultural users; (6) government facilities that store,
transport, and use the chemicals; (7) commercial and industrial processes
utilizing these chemicals—gasoline formulation in the  case  of  ethylene
bromide and silicone, butyl rubber, tetramethyl lead and methyl cellulose
manufacturers in the case of methyl chloride.
                                     71

-------
     In general, ethylene bromide, methyl bromide, and methyl  chloride
wastes can be classified as either diluted or concentrated wastes.   Diluted
aqueous wastes include those generated in the waste waters of the manu-
facturers and formulators.  Diluted gaseous wastes include gas streams in
the manufacture of other products that require purification and removal
of these toxic halohydrocarbons, and also any gas streams released to the
atmosphere containing these compounds.  Concentrated wastes normally
include any unused or contaminated chemicals, and materials left in
containers after emptying.

     As fumigants, methyl bromide and ethylene dibromide have both been used
alone or in combination with each other in various proportions.  The most
common methyl bromide formulation is as a liquified gas containing 2 percent
                                                         1808
chloropicrin stored in returnable pressurized containers.      Ethylene
bromide is frequently used mixed with carbon tetrachloride, carbon disulfide
                      1808
or ethylene dichloride,    although it is sometimes formulated as emusifiable
concentrates.  Any surplus methyl bromide and ethylene bromide fumigants will
probably be found in these common commercial formulations.

                      Physical and Chemical Properties

     The physical and chemical properties of ethylene bromide, methyl
bromide and methyl chloride are summarized in the attached worksheets.

                              2.   TOXICOLOGY
     Ethylene bromide is highly  toxic to man and animals, and is readily
absorbed through lungs, intact skins, and the gastrointestinal tract.
Continued exposure to low doses  causes  irritation of the eyes, nose,
respiratory tract, and finally paralysis of the hind legs from which the
animal may recover eventually.   Through errors in labeling, it has been
used occasionally in place  of ethyl  bromide in anesthesias leading to
cases of fatal poisoning as a result of cardiac failure.  Contact with
                                                 I DQQ
the skin may cause injury with blister  formation.

-------
     Methyl bromide is a highly toxic substance of insidious action.
Single exposures to 1,000 ppm for 30 to 60 minutes are dangerous to
life.  The effects are on both respiratory and central nervous  system,
although death is usually caused by lung irritation resulting in congestion
and edema.  The early symptoms of fatal poisoning are headache, visual
disturbances, nausea and vomiting, smarting of the eyes,  irritation of
the skin,  listlessness, vertigo, and tremor.  Exposure to concentrations
as low as  100 to 500 ppm over a period of time may lead to chronic
poisoning, resulting in a variety of symptoms and signs,  most of which  are
due to injury of the central nervous system and include blurred or double
vision, slurred speech, numbness of the extremities, mental confusion,
hallucinations, tremor, coma, or frequent fainting attacks.  Recovery
is often prolonged and there may be permanent injury, such as sensory
disturbances, weakness, disturbances of guilt,irritability, and blurred
vision.  In addition, liquid methyl bromide is an extreme irritant to
the skin and may produce severe burns.

     Methyl chloride is a dangerous anesthetic and narcotic, about one-fourth
as active  as chloroform, and presents serious problems to life and health
when inhaled in high concentrations.  Poisoning by methyl chloride produces
the following characteristic symptoms: drowsiness, mental confusion, coma,
nausea, vomiting, and in severe cases, convulsions and death.  It is
dangerous  in that after apparent recovery from seemingly mild exposures,
serious and sometimes fatal return of symptoms may occur even  after
an interval of several days.  It is absorbed quickly but eliminated rather
slowly, and for this reason repeated exposures are hazardous.  Recovery
after what may appear to be a relatively slight exposure may be delayed
2 to 3 weeks, and after severe exposure some effects on the nervous system
may be present for months or even years.  Severe exposure may also effect
the liver, kidneys, and blood forming tissues, lead to an increase in
pulse rate, temperature, and breathing rate.  Acute poisoning of methyl
chloride is relatively rare, but might occur with exposures to well over
500 ppm.   The type of poisoning occuring most frequently is due to repeated

-------
exposure to concentrations less than 500 ppm.  Although methyl chloride
is in its vapor state at ordinary temperatures and will produce little or
no local effect, a stream of concentrated vapor striking the skin may
result in a condition resembling frost bite followed by reddening, and
occasionally, blister formation.    '

      The American  Conference  of Governmental  Industrial Hygienists
 recommended  Threshold  Limit Values  (TLV)  for  these  compounds  in air are:
                                    q                                   q
 ethylene bromide, 20 ppm or 145  mg/M  ; methyl  bromide, 15  ppm or 60 mg/M  ;
                                         3
 and  methyl chloride, 100 ppm  or 210 mg/M .

      Because of their  volatility,  the water pollution  hazards arising  from
 the  human  toxicity of  methyl  bromide and methyl  chloride are  relatively
 slight.  For ethylene  bromide, the  approximate lethal  dose to man has  been
                                      1312
 estimated  to be 65 mg/kg body weight.

      No actual  published data of aquatic toxicity for  the  three compounds
 were found.   However,  the National  Research Council's  Committee on Hazardous
 Materials, based on the physical  properties of these compounds and their
 chemical similarity to other  chemicals  of known toxicity,  has given a  Grade 3
 aquatic toxicity rating to ethylene bromide and a Grade 1  aquatic toxicity
 rating to  methyl bromide and  methyl chloride.      Although a  Grade 3 rating
 normally indicates a threshold range  of 1  to  100 ppm to aquatic life and  a
 Grade 1  rating  a threshold range of 1,000 to  10,000 ppm to aquatic life,
 these ratings were also modified in some cases for chemicals  having low
 water solubility or high volatility to  account for the lower  probability
 of water pollution, and this  explains  the low aquatic  toxicity ratings
 given to methyl bromide and methyl  chloride.

                             3.  OTHER HAZARDS

      Ethylene bromide  is a nonflammable liquid, but reacts vigorously  with
 metals such  as  aluminum, magnesium, sodium and potassium,  strong  alkalies,
 and  oxidizing agents.       An explosion may result if  a mixture  of  liquid
 ammonia and  ethylene bromide is allowed to warm up to  room temperature.
                                    74

-------
     At atmospheric pressure methyl  bromide is practically nonflammable.
Methyl bromide is also not particularly corrosive to most metals,  although
it attacks aluminum and magnesium and their alloys.   With aluminum,  methyl
bromide forms the spontaneously ignitable aluminum trimethyl.181°

      Methyl  chloride  is thermally stable, but may  break  down  to produce
hydrogen  chloride and other toxic gases at high temperatures.   It hydrolyzes
slowly in water  or upon contact with moisture, with the formation of
hydrochloric  acid, and is therefore corrosive.  In addition, the hydrochloric
acid  formed  attacks most metals with the evolution of hydrogen, which may
form  explosive mixtures with air.  When dry, methyl chloride is inert
towards most  engineering materials except zinc, aluminum, magnesium, and
their alloys.  However, once reaction of methyl chloride with these metals
or alloys initiates,  it is greatly accelerated by the reaction products,
resulting in  rapidly  increasing pressure if confined, and the release of
                                     1811
gases which may  ignite spontaneously.

                  4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT
                        Handling, Storage, Transportation
      Ethylene bromide, methyl  bromide, and methyl chloride are all toxic
by inhalation or skin contact.  Full protective clothing and the use of a
respirator are recommended in  their handling and application.  In cases
of accidental contact, all contaminated clothing should be removed
immediately  and  the skin washed thoroughly with soap and water.   *    '

      Storage  of  these chemicals should be in cool, dry, well-ventilated
areas, away  from acute fire hazards.  Because of their low boiling points,
containers or storage vessels  of methyl bromide and methyl chloride should
also  be protected from excessive heat and against sudden rise in
temperatures.1810'1811

      Methyl  bromide is classified by the U.S. Department of Transportation
(DOT) as  a Poisonous  Liquid, Class B, and methyl chloride is classified
by DOT as a  Flammable Compressed Gas. As such, both chemicals must be
packed in DOT specification containers when shipped by rail* water, or
                                    75

-------
highway and all DOT regulations governing loading, handling, shipping,
and labeling must be complied with.  Ethylene bromide is not classified by
DOT, but due to its toxic nature, the same regulations governing the
handling, loading, and shipping of Class B Poisonous Liquids should also
be followed here.

     Additional  information  on  the safe  handling  and  use of methyl bromide
 and  methyl  chloride  are  described in  greater detail  in  the Chemical Safety
 Data Sheets SD-35 and  SD-40  published by the Manufacturing Chemists
 Association.

                              Disposal/Reuse

     Contaminated or degraded ethylene bromide, methyl  bromide  and methyl
 chloride are  usually not considered  for  reprocessing, although  manufac-
 turers  would  normally  accept these for disposal.   For safe disposal of
 ethylene bromide, methyl bromide, or methyl  chloride, the following pro-
 visional  limits  are  recommended:
   Contaminant                                  Basis for
     in  Air            Provisional Limits      Recommendation
 Ethylene bromide          1.45 mg/M3           0.01  TLV
 Methyl  bromide             0.6 mg/M3               "
 Methyl  chloride            2.1  mg/M3
  Contaminant in                                Basis for
  Water and Soi1        Provisional Limits      Recommendation
 Ethylene bromide        7.25 ppm (mg/1)        Stokinger and
                                               Woodward  Method
 Methyl  bromide          390  ppm (mg/1)        Stokinger and
                                               Woodward  Method
 Methyl  chloride         10.5 ppm (mg/1)        Stokinger and
                                               Woodward  Method
              5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

      Ethylene bromide, methyl bromide and methyl chloride generally do
 not present pollution problems to the chemical industry and very few
                                     76

-------
specific efforts have been made to study their control or disposal.  For
these reasons, most of the removal, disposal, or recovery techniques dis-
cussed here are near future processes where no quantitative data are
available.

                            Removal from Air

     Option No. 1 - Refrigerated Condensation.  When present in suffi-
ciently high concentrations, refrigerated condensation has been used and
is the recommended method for removing ethylene bromide, methyl bromide,
or methyl chloride from air or a gas stream.1965'1966'1972'1986  The
halohydrocarbons are almost completely recovered, and the remaining
traces can be removed by the other processes described here.

     Option No. 2 - Monoethanolamine Scrubbing.  Monoethanolamine (MEA) is
commonly used for the removal of acid gases (hydrogen sulfide and carbon
dioxide) in scrubbing towers.  The absorption of ethylene bromide and methyl
bromide by MEA has been used in the analytical determination of these
                 pnpq ?rni
compounds in air.    '      This indicates that MEA scrubbing could also
be conceivably employed in removing these compounds from air on the
commercial scale, although it remains to be demonstrated that the fouled
MEA could be readily regenerated by methods such as steam stripping.

     Option No. 3 - Alkaline Alkoxide Scrubbing.  Ethylene bromide, methyl
bromide, and methyl chloride could all be readily absorbed from the air by
scrubbing with a solution of potassium or sodium hydroxide in anhydrous
                     i ^m ?n^?
methanol and ethanol.  Ul'tuo   In the case of ethylene bromide, vinyl
bromide is immediately formed, although further dehalogenation occurs very
slowly in the alcoholic solution.2030  For methyl bromide and methyl chlo-
ride, either the dimethyl ether or the methyl ethyl ether is formed, depend-
ing on whether methanol or ethanol is used in the absorbent.  In fact, the
reaction between alkyl  halides and alkali alkoxides is the well-known
Williamson ether synthesis and provides a method of preparing symmetrical
                         1808
and unsymmetrical ethers.      The time required to reach TOO percent
                                     77

-------
conversion of a  known amount  of methyl bromide in a potassium hydroxide -
methanol solution at different temperatures has been measured and reported
                     203?                                            •
by Dumas and Latimer,      and their  results showed that complete conversion
was obtained in 7 hr at 75 F or only 45 min at 157 F with  IN potassium
hydroxide in methanol.  However,  similar  experiments have not been conducted
with  either methyl  chloride or ethylene bromide,  and the effectiveness  of
alkali  alkoxides as an  absorbent  for the  alkyl halides on the commercial
scale has yet to be proven.


      Option  No.  4 - Alcohol Scrubbing.  Dow has  experimented with  the  use of
methanol  scrubbing  for  the removal  of methyl  bromide from  air,  but to  date
only  marginal  results are obtained  for the low methyl  bromide concentration
ranges  (0.1%)  investigated.      When higher  concentrations of  methyl
bromide in  the  air  are  encountered,  however,  Dow believes methanol scrubbing
would be  an  effective means to  achieve a  high rate  of  removal.   Ethylene
bromide has  also been reported  to be readily  absorbed  from  air  by shaking
                    2030
with  ethyl  alcohol,     but again,data are not available to determine  the
applicability  of the process  on  commercial scale.
      Option No. 5 - Adsorption with Activated Carbon.  Activated carbon is
 extensively employed for the  removal of traces of gas impurities from air
 and  it has been suggested  that small quantities of ethylene bromide, methyl
 bromide, or methyl chloride could be effectively removed from air by passage
 through activated-carbon traps or beds.1986'1987

                               Rejnoval  from Water

       Ethylene  bromide  is only slightly soluble in water and most if  it can
 be  removed from water  in a gravity  separator or a settling pond due  to
  its density  which is  more  than  twice that of the  water.     '       Methyl
 bromide  is practically insoluble  in water and is  also extremely volatile,
 and  hence does not contribute to  water pollution.  Methyl  chloride is

-------
 slightly  soluble  in water  but  again  is  also  very volatile and can be
 readily removed from water by  simple physical methods.  Some of the
 techniques  used for treating water contaminated with  these compounds are
 described below briefly.

      Option No.  1  - Steam  Stripping.  Steam  stripping is  a widely used  disposal
 method  in the  chemical  and petrochemical  industry  and can be used to remove
                                                                1970 1972 1987
 ethylene  bromide,  methyl bromide, or methyl  chloride  from water.     »••"«-,u
 The  waste gases from stripping must  be  burned in incinerators equipped
 with adequate  scrubbing to totally prevent air pollution.

      Option No.  2 -  Blowing with Air.  The Manufacturing  Chemists Association
 recommends  removing methyl  chloride  from  water by  blowing the contaminated
 water with  air, and burning the outlet  air stream  in  cases of gross
                                                       loll
 contamination, with a  flash arrestor on the  vent line.      Air blowing
 can  also  be used  in removing the equally  volatile  methyl  bromide
 from water.
     Option No. 3 - Adsorption with Activated Carbon.  The engineering firm
of Camp, Dresser, and McGee has completed a pilot  scale  investigation on the
use of both powdered and granular activated carbon for the removal of
chlorinated hydrocarbons from the combined waste waters of several chemical
plants in the Niagara Falls, New York area, including the Du Pont facility
                                        1971 19Q?
there that manufactures methyl chloride.    '      Although the removal  of
any of the individual compounds was not separately studied, the pilot work
was considered a success and Camp, Dresser, and McGee is currently designing
a full scale physical-chemical waste treatment facility to serve the
industrial concerns in the area.  It has also been claimed that activated
carbon can be used to remove traces of ethylene bromide from water.
However, activated carbon treatment is of value mainly for the adsorption
of organic compounds of relatively high molecular weight and its effectiveness
in removing ethylene bromide or methyl chloride from water requires
further investigation.
                                   79

-------
     In addition, because of the volatility of methyl bromide and methyl
chloride, adequate treatment of waste waters contaminated with small
quantities of these compounds could probably be achieved in conventional
municipal facilities with aeration.

                  Disposal/Recovery of Concentrated Wastes

     Option No.  1 - Incineration.  The complete and  controlled high tempera-
ture oxidation of halohydrocar'bons in air or oxygen  with adequate scrubbing
and ash disposal facilities offers the greatest immediate potential for
the safe disposal of these compounds with the possibility of recovering
the greater part of all of the halogens in some usuable form.  In particular,
Dow Chemical is  currently in the process of designing incinerators to
                                             *
dispose of the concentrated ethylene bromide   and methyl bromide wastes
at  its Midland  Plant.       The off gas  from the  incinerator  will
contain  both hydrogen bromide and bromine, both of which are harmful
 pollutants if released to the atmosphere.   The hydrogen bromide can be
 readily removed by scrubbing with caustic soda,  but Dow claims to encounter
 some problems with bromine removal.      However, it is not  clear whether
 Dow has fully investigated the several  methods available for the separation
 of bromine vapors from air: (1) contacting  the  air-bromine  mixture with
 moist scrap iron leading to the formation of ferrous bromide; (2) absorption
 in ammonia solution with the formation  of ammonium bromide;  (3) absorption
 in ferrous bromide solution with the formation of ferric bromide; (4)
 alkaline absorption in which bromine reacts with sodium hydroxide or
 carbonate to form sodium bromate, sodium bromide, and either water or
 carbon dioxide;  (5) lime absorption in which bromine reacts with calcium
 hydroxide to form calcium bromide and bromate;  (6) reduction of bromine
 by means of sulfur dioxide giving rise to  the formation of a spray of
 fine droplets of hydrobromic and sulfuric  acids that could later be
 trapped by a solution of the same mixed acid  circulating in  an absorption
 tower; and (7) absorption with a concentrated solution of sodium bromide
    Auxiliary fuel will be required in the combustion of ethylene bromide.

-------
                                 1 ono
cooled below OC in packed towers.      The absorbed bromine that is bound
chemically in the form of bromide, bromate or hydrogen bromide can all be
recovered by either acidification with sulfuric acid or reoxidizing with
chlorine.  For small quantities of methyl bromide and ethylene bromide, both
compounds could be safely disposed of by dissolution in a flammable solvent
and spraying the mixture into the fire box of any incinerator equipped with
an afterburner and alkali scrubber.  In the case of methyl chloride,
combustion units designed for the disposal of chlorinated organic wastes
and capable of recovering chlorine in the form of usable hydrogen chloride
have been developed, and a7,0001b/hr plant is now under construction for
E. I. DuPont de Nemours and Company in Victoria, Texas by Union Carbide
            1743
Corporation.      .Properly designed and operated incineration is therefore
considered as the best current and near future method for the disposal of
concentrated ethylene bromide, methyl bromide, and methyl chloride wastes.

     Option No. 2 - Chemical Degradation.  The use of chemical reagents to
decompose  concentrated ethylena  bromide,  methyl bromide  or methyl  chloride
wastes  to  less  toxic forms  has not been  specifically  reported  in the
literature.  Based  on  the  known  reactions of  these  compounds,  however,  it
appears that:  (1) metal  alkoxides  could  be used to  react with  methyl
bromide or methyl chloride  leading to  the formation of ethers  and  metallic
                                                                   1808
bromides or chlorides  according  to the Williamson  ether  synthesis;
(2)  sodium in  liquid ammonia  could be  used to react with methyl bromide
or methyl  chloride  leading to the formation of methane,  methyl amine,  and
sodium bromide or chloride; and  (3)  zinc could be  added  to ethylene bromide
with the formation  of  ethylene and zinc  bromide.   Since  these  methods generally
do not lead to the  recovery of valuable  halogens and  little  is known of the
optimum conditions  under which the chemical reagents  could be  applied,
chemical degradation could not be recommended as a technique for  the
disposal of the halohydrocarbons at  the  present  time.

     Option No. 3 -  Release to Atmosphere.  Methyl  bromide is degraded
rapidly in the presence of sunlight and air and small amounts of the material
could be safely disposed of by slowly releasing the liquified gas to the
                                                 2173
atmosphere in a^ well-ventilated outdoor location.
                                     81

-------
     The disposal of large volumes of ethylene bromide, methyl bromide or
methyl chloride wastes in landfill sites, open pits, lagoons and by on-site
burning, deep-well disposal, or deep sea burial are not recommended
practices because of volatility of these compounds and the obvious contri-
butions to air and water pollution.

     To summarize, the only demonstrated method*for the removal of the
halohydrocarbons from air is refriegerated condensation when these
compounds are present in sufficiently high concentrations.  The use of
MEA, alkaline alkoxide and alcohol scrubbing or activated carbon to remove
traces of these halohydrocarbons from air seems feasible, but due to the
lack of sufficient supporting data could only be considered as near future
waste treatment processes.  Adequate methods for the removal of the
halohydrocarbons from water include steam stripping, and blowing with air
in the case of the more volatile methyl bromide and chloride.  Again,
activated carbon adsorption to remove traces of these compounds from water
could not be considered as a proven method.  To dispose of concentrated
ethylene bromide, methyl chloride, or large volumes of methyl bromide wastes,
the only adequate method is by incineration.  Small quantities of concen-
trated methyl bromide could be safely disposed of by venting to the
atmosphere.

                 6.   APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Methyl bromide is usually packaged in returnable pressurized cylinders
and the empty containers are shipped back to the manufacturers.  In addition,
residual methyl bromide could be adequately disposed of by careful venting
to the atmosphere.  Ethylene bromide is mainly used in gasoline formulations,
and methyl chloride is generally used as a starting material or.as a
methylating agent in chemical manufacture.  As such, both ethylene bromide
and methyl chloride wastes could be adequately handled along with other
halohydrocarbon wastes  (e.g., chlorinated solvents) from manufacturing
plants.  The degree of toxicity of all three compounds is moderate when
compared with that of the more toxic halohydrocarbons such as carbon tetra-
chloride.  For the above reasons, ethylene bromide, methyl bromide, and

-------
methyl chloride are not considered as candidate waste stream constituents
for National  Dispoal  Sites.

-------
                              7.  REFERENCES


0096.  Fire protection guide on hazardous materials.  4th ed.  Boston,
         National Fire Protection Association International, 1972.  950 p.

0225.  American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists.
         Threshold limit values for 1971.  Occupational Hazards, p.35-40,
         Aug. 1971.

0278.  Code of Federal Regulations.  Title 49--transportaion,  parts 71 to
         90.  (Revised as of January 1, 1967).  Washington, U.S.
         Government Printing Office, 1967.  794 p.

0311.  National Academy of Sciences.  Evaluation of the hazard of bulk
         water transportation of industrial chemicals--a tentative guide.
         Report to the United States Coast Guard by the Committee on
         Hazardous Materials, Advisory to the U.S. Coast Guard, Division
         of Chemistry and Chemical Technology, National Research Council.
         Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1970.  25 p.'

1301.  Matheson gas data book. 4th ed. New York, Herst Litho Inc., 1966.
         500 p.

1312.  Christensen, H. E. Toxic substances annual list 1971.  Washington,
         U.S. Government Printing Office, 1971.  512 p.

1433.  Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical technology. 2d ed.
         New York, Interscience Publishers, 1964.  V.~3, 927 p.  V.5, 884 p.

1506.  Methyl bromide and methyl chloride.  Jji Chemical profiles.
         New York, Schnell Publishing Company, Inc.  1970.

1718.  United States Tariff  Commission.  Synthetic organic chemicals:
         United States production and sales,  1970.  Washington, U.S.
         Government Printing Office, 1972.  262 p.
                                    "O
1743.  Halswitt,  C., and J.  A. Mraz.  HC1 removed from chlorinated organic
         waste..   Chemical Engineering.  79 (IT): 80-81, May 15, 1972.

1808.  Jolles, Z.  E. Bromine and its compounds.  New York, Academic Press,
         1966.  940 p.

1810.  Chemical safety data  she^t SP-18--properties  and essential
         information for safe handling and use of methyl bromide.
         Washington, Manufacturing Chemists Association, 1968.  15 p.

1811.  Cheml c?.1 safety fteta  sh?-et StK40--properties  and esspntial
         information for safe handling and use of methyl chloride.
         Washington, Manufacturing Chemists Association, TSFO.  18 p.

-------
                          REFERENCES (CONTINUED)
1965.  Personal communication.   H.  Rentz,  Great Lakes Chemical  Corp.
         to C. C.  Shih, TRW Systems,  June  9,  1972.   Methyl  bromide and
         ethylene  bromide waste treatment.

1966.  Personal communication.   D.  L.  Touzeau, Michigan Chemical  Corp.
         to C. C.  Shih, TRW Systems,  June  9,  1972.   Methyl  bromide waste
         treatment.

1967.  Personal communication.   C.  Carter, Michigan Chemical  Corp. to
         C. C. Shih, TRW Systems,  June 9,  1972.  Ethylene bromide waste
         treatment.

1968.  Personal communication.   R.  Namedz, Michigan Chemical  Corp. to
         C. C. Shih, TRW Systems,  June 9,  1972.  Ethylene bromide waste
         treatment.

1969.  Personal communication.   W.  Bricker, Dow Chemical Company to
         C. C. Shih, TRW Systems,  June 12, 1972.  Methyl bromide waste
         treatment.

1970.  Personal communication.   M.  Kelly,  Dow Chemical Company to
         C. C. Shih, TRW Systems,  June 12, 1972.  Methyl bromide and
         ethylene  bromide waste treatment.

1971.  Personal communication.   G.  Amery,  E.  I. DuPont de Nemours &
         Company to C. C. Shih, TRW Systems,  June 13, 1972.  Methyl
         chloride  waste treatment.

1972.  Personal communication.   H.  L.  Mayo, Dow Chemical Company to
         C. C. Shih, TRW Systems,  June 13, 1972.  Methyl chloride
         waste treatment.

1986.  Personal communication.   S.  Clift,  Kerr-McGee Chemical  Corp. to
         C. C. Shih, TRW Systems,  June 14, 1972.  Methyl bromide waste
         treatment.

1987.  Personal communication.   J.  McKeever,  Dow Chemical Company to
         C. C. Shih, TRW Systems,  June 14, 1972.  Methyl chloride
     j    waste treatment.

1992.  Personal communication.   R.  Woodward,  Camp,  Dresser and McGee to
         C. C. Shih, TRW Systems,  June 19, 1972.  Methyl chloride waste
         treatment.
2029.  Sinclair, W. B. and P. R. Crandall.
         dibromide in liquid and gas phases
         Journal of Economi c Entomology,  45
Determination of ethylene
by the use of monoethanolamine.
(1): 80-82, Feb. 1952.

-------
                          REFERENCES (CONTINUED)


2030.  Kennett, B. H.  Determination of ethylene dibronride and ethylene
         chlorobromide in air.  Journal of Agricultural and Food
         Chemistry, 2 (13): 691-692, June 23, 1954.

2031.  Winteringham, F. P. W.  Method for the micro-determination of the
         sorption of fumigants.  Journal of the Society of Chemical
         Industry Transactions, 65  (2): 48-51, !Feb.  1946.

2032.  Dumas T., and R. A. Latimer.  The coulometric determination of
         methyl bromide.  Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry,
         10 (4): 276-279, July - Aug. 1962.

2173.  Lawless, E. W., T. F. Ferguson, A. F. Meiners and A. C. Aspoas.
         Method for disposal of spilled and unused pesticides.  Kansas
         City, Missouri, Midwest Research Institute, preliminary draft,
         Apr. 1972.  272 p.
                                    86

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
ri. M. Name  Ethylene bromide  (182)

IUC Name  1.2 -Dibromoethane

Common NamesEthylene dibromlde
                                                                Structural  Formula
                                                                CH?Br  .  CH,Br
                                                                  <">
Molecular Wt.    187.!
                                     Melting Pt.   9.3 c
Density  (Condensed)  2.172
                                9 25 C
                                         (1)
                                                                    Boiling Pt.131.5
                                             Density (gas)_
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 Q

  8.5 mm      @  20 C       '2'    11 mm_

Flash Point
                                                25 C
                                                     (1)
                                                                    119.9 mm
                                                                                  75 C
                                   Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower
                                                             Upper_
                                                             Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water  0-43% @ 30 C (1)       Hot Water
                                                                      Ethanol  Soluble
    Others: Completely mlscible with carbon tetrachloride, benzene, gasoline, ether,
            and anhydrous alcohols. \  '
Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with aluminum, magnesium, sodium and potassium, strong alkalies, and
	oxidizing agents.  *• '	 	
Compatible with_
Shipped in
                  bottles, 55-gal drums, tank cars
ICC Classification
                                                 Coast Guard Classification
Coitments   Etny1ene bromide is a clear,'colorless liquid with a characteristic sweet odor.
References  (1)

            (2)    1433
                                             87

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name "ethyl Bromide  (267)
IUC Name  Bromomethane
Common Names
                                                               Structural  Formula
                                                               CH3Br
Molecular Wt.  94.95
Density (Condensed)  1.732
                                00
                                     Melting Pt.    -93  C   u;       Boiling Pt.  3.6 C
                                    _  C^ Density  (gas)   3.27      @     0     C ^
                                                                                     ^1'
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
    1250 mm   @ 20 C ^
                                              (Air =  1)

                                              0
Flash Point  Practically     u;
             nonflammable
Flammability Limits in Air (Vol%)
Explosive-Limits in Air (wt.  %)
Solubility
    Cold Water less than 0.1  wt %
                                   Autoignition Temp.537
                                     L owe r  10.0	
                                     Lower
                                                            Upper  15.4
                                                            Upper	
                                       Hot Water
                                                                     Ethanol Soluble
    Others: Soluble in ethyl ether,  carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, carbon disulfide,
            benzene^''
Acid, Base Properties	
                                                           TTT
Highly Reactive with aluminium, magnesium, and their alloys
Compatible with
Shipped in  metal containers or tank cars  (rare)  '  '
ICC Classification Poisonous Liquid,   class  B    Coast  Guard Classification Poisonous liquid,B
Comments  Extreme1y hazardous liquid  and vapor under  pressure.    	
References  (1)    1810
            (2)    1618
                                            88

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name Methyl Chloride   (268)

IUC Name   Chloromethane

Common Names
                                                               Structural Formula
                                                               CH3C1
Molecular Wt.   50.491
                                     Melting  Pt.    -97.6 C
Density (Condensed)0.920
                             _,  @ 20 C	Density (gas)   3.58
                                             (Air =  1)
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

 101 mrn^Hq^   _@_   -80 F       .     355.6 mm Hgg  -40 F

                                   Autoignition Temp.632    C
Boiling Pt. -23.8 C

   8 -15 C	
                                                                  1093.6mm Ho  @  5 F
Flash Point Below 0 C
Flammability Limits in Air (\/0-\%)    Lower   10-7
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower_	
                                                             Upper   17.4
                                                             Upper	
Solubility
    Cold Water  0.46 wt % at 20 C
                                       Hot  Water  0.26wt $ at  40 C    Ethanol  soluble
    Others:  readily soluble in alcohols, chloroform, and mineral  oils.

Acid, Base Properties  Hydroloyres in the presence of moisture to  hydrochloric acid.
Highly Reactive with  aluminum, and to lesser extent with zinc magnesium,  the alloys  thereof
                            whpn HruK  anrl alkali  mofalc
Compatible with   most otner engineering materials.
Shipped in  as a liquid under pressure in cylinders  and tank  cars.
ICC Classification Flammable compressed gas       coast Guard  Classification
                                                                             Inflammable
Comment    Methy1  chloride is thermally stable,  but also flammable and subject to
 decomposition upon contact with moisture.   At high temperatures,  it may break  down  to
 produce hydrogen chloride and other toxic  gases.     _
References (1)  1811
                                            89

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

                            Ethylenimine _(19Q]_

                              1.   GENERAL

     Ethylenimine is a colorless  flammable liquid having very high toxicity.
It is an extremely reactive compound, the reactivity stemming from the ease
with which ring opening occurs due to the strained nature of the three-
            1514
member ring.

     In June 1963, the Dow Chemical  Company announced a new process which
used ammonia and ethylene dichloride as raw materials.       With its pro-
cess, Dow was the first large scale U.S. producer of ethylenimine.
Other  commercial  facilities  for  the manufacture  of  ethylenimine are operated
by Borden  Inc.,  Chemirad  Corporation,  Dow  Chemical  Company,  and Polysciences,
Inc.       Physical/chemical  properties  are summarized  in the attached work-
sheet.

                             2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Ethylenimine is a highly toxic material.  It is corrosive to the skin
                                         1514
and is readily absorbed in toxic  amounts.      It is a skin sensitizer and
                  1492
necrotizing agent.      Liquid ethylenimine is capable of causing a severe
burn to the eyes, which may result in partial or total  loss of vision.  High
concentrations of ethylenimine vapor (~100 ppm) may cause eye irritation.
This material has a high oral toxicity.  Serious illness may result from
the ingestion of a relatively small amount.15    The inhalation of ethylemi-
nine monomer at a concentration slightly above 25 ppm for 8 hours will kill
                                                                       1492
rats and guinea pigs.  In 30 to 60 minutes 250 ppm is dangerous to man.
                               1514
Available experimental evidence     would indicate that no exposure should
exceed 100 ppm regardless of the  length of exposure time.


                                    91

-------
                                             1514
                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS  '^
     Ethylenimine is a highly toxic material  and special  precautions  must
be taken when handling or using it.  It is extremely flammable in either
the liquid or vapor form.  Ethylenimine vapors may explode when exposed
to electric sparks, static electricity, excess heat, or an open flame.;

     Undiluted ethylenimine can polymerize violently in the presence  of
acids or acid-forming materials.  Extreme care must therefore be taken to
avoid contact with these materials except under controlled conditions
such as in the production of polyethylenimine.

                4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                     Handling, Storage and Transportation

     Glass, 304 and 316  stainless steels and mild steel are satisfactory
materials for handling ethylenimine.  Most copper and copper-bearing  alloys
are not recommended.  Silver solder should never be used to fabricate
ethylenimine handling equipment, since silver forms an explosive compound
with ethylenimine.  Almost all rubbers and most plastics are unsatisfactory
because of excessive swelling.

     Detailed descriptions for ethylenimine handling and transportation
                                     1514
are provided by Dow Chemical Company.      It is important that storage
tanks be provided with protective and warning devices such as temperature
indicators, high-temperature alarms, safety valves, rupture disks and  <
check valves to guard against the dangers of accidentally contaminating
the contents of the tank.

                             Disposal/Reuse

     Criteria for disposing of organic ethylenimine waste streams should
be in keeping with  handling requirements of the highly toxic and flammable
material.  Incineration  of organic waste streams containing ethylenimine
should be done under controlled conditions.
                                   92

-------
     The aqueous waste solution should be sent to a holding pond or tank
and maintained at or below pH 4 until  analysis indicates polymerization is
         1514
complete.      In this manner the ethylenimine is rendered non-toxic.

     Recommended provisional limits for ethylenimine in the environment
are as follows:
Contaminant in            Provisional  Limit     Basis for Recommendation
     Air	
Ethylenimine              0.005 ppm (0.01 mg/M3)      0.01 TLV
Contaminant in            Provisional  Limit     Basis for Recommendation
Water and Soil
Ethylenimine              0.05 ppm (mg/1)       Stokinger & Woodward Method

                   5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Ethylenirnine is expected to appear primarily as organic waste streams
or as aqueous waste streams in .low concentrations and only rarely as con-
centrated waste.  The processing options are briefly described in the fol-
lowing paragraphs, together with recommendations as to their adequacy.

                        Concentrated Ethyl em'mine

     It is important that storage tanks be provided with protective
warning devices such as temperature indicators, high temperature alarms,
safety valves, rupture disks and check valves to guard against the dangers
of accidentally contaminating the contents of the tank.   Should acidic  or
reactive contaminants enter the ethylenimine storage tank from a process
line or some other source, rapid polymerization or reaction could occur
and make it necessary to hurriedly dump the contents of the tank.

     In such a situation, the ethylenimine can be disposed of in two ways.
First, it can be mixed with acidic water in an acid scrubber similar to
                      1514
that described by Dow.      The ratio of acidic water to ethylenimine
should be about 20:1.  The exit scrubber solution should be sent to a
covered holding pond or tank.  It should be maintained at or below pH 4
until analysis indicates polymerization is complete.
                                    93

-------
     Second,  the  contents  of  the ethylenimine storage tank can be pumped
directly  into a covered  pond  or holding tank containing an acid solution
maintained  at pH  4  or  less.   The polymerization rate can be somewhat
increased if  mechanical  mixing is  provided.  Regardless of which disposal
procedure is  utilized  the  solution should be held  in the tank or covered
pond until  analysis shows  polymerization of the ethylenimine to be
complete.

     The above procedures are presented as  precautionary measures  designed
to cope with unexpected accidental  occurrences.   It should  be  emphasized
that if proper protective devices and handling  procedures are  utilized,
emergencies  which require rapid disposal  of the  contents of storage tanks
should never occur.   Dow has stored and consumed large volumes  of  ethyle-
nimine for a considerable period of time without experiencing  a single
                   1514
emergency incident.

     Dow suggests that the polymer solution can then be pumped directly
into the waste stream.       This practice is not recommended because (1)
the pH of the solution must first be adjusted to neutral, and  (2)  it is
not certain that the polymer is biodegradable,  although other  works0534
describing materials with similar  backbones and functional  groups  support
the supposition that it  is.  It is suggested that further investigation of
the biodegradability of  the ethylenimine polymer be conducted, and until
experimental  confirmation is made, this method of disposal  should  be con-
sidered less  desirable than incineration discussed below.

                    Dilute Ethylenimine Waste Streams

     Ethylenimine wastes are expected to appear as organic waste streams or
as aqueous  waste  streams.  Methods for adequately handling the disposal of
dilute ethylenimine waste  streams  are discussed below.
                                     94

-------
     Dilute Organic Waste Streams.  Organic waste streams containing
ethylenimine can be adequately disposed of by controlled incineration
where oxides of nitrogen are removed from the effluent gas by scrubbers
                                    1435
and/or thermal or catalytic devices.

     Dilute Aqueous Waste Stream.  Aqueous waste streams containing
ethylenimine should be held in a tank or covered pond and maintained at
or below pH 4 until analysis indicates polymerization is complete.
The pH is adjusted to 7 and the solution subjected to secondary treatment
consisting of aeration and acclimated activated sludge.

             6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Ethylenimine is not considered a candidate waste stream constituent
for National Disposal Site treatment.  Since this material is so highly
reactive a responsive disposal system at the site of occurrence must be
available should contaminants enter the concentrated ethylenimine storage
tank or tank car and cause rapid polymerization.  If the recommended pro-
cedure is followed (see the Concentrated Ethylenimine Section), the
resulting material may be handled as aqueous waste at the plant site
along with any dilute aqueous waste being generated there.  Any dilute
organic waste streams containing ethylenime should be incinerated at the
plant site under controlled conditions discussed in the paragraph or
Dilute Organic Waste Streams.
                                    95

-------
                           7.   REFERENCES
0534.  Jones, H.  R.  Environmental  control  in the organic  and  petrochemical
         industries.  New York, Noyes Data Corporation,  1971. p.  181-195.

1433.  Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical  technology.  2nd  ed.,  22  v.  and
         suppl. New York, Intersciences Publishers,  1963-1971.

1435.  John Zink Co.   NO  destructor.   Bulletin number  NO  1071 m. Tulsa,
         4 p.           x                               x

1492.  Merck and Company.  The Merck index of chemicals and  drugs.
         Rahway, New Jersey, 1960.  1,043 p.

1514.  The Dow Chemical Company.  Ethylenimine.  Midland,  Michigan,  1965.
         63 p.

1570.  The Chemical Rubber Company.  Handbook of chemistry and physics.
         47th ed., Cleveland, 1962.  2,100 p.

1571.  Schnell Publishing Company.   1971-72 OPD chemical buyers guide.
         1971. 1,584 p.

1670.  Chemical Week buyers' guide issue.  Chemical  Week.  109  (17):1-618,
         Oct. 1971.
                                   96

-------
H. M. Name Ethylenimine (190)
IUC Name * ...
HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
WORKSHEET
Structural Formula
/ n\
Aziraneu', Dihydroazirine, Aziridinev''
Common Names Azacyclopropaneif ' . Dimethvlemineu; . C.H.N
Ethyl eneiminev<"'
Molecular Wt. 43.07^
Density (Condensed) 0.832
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C
160 mm @ 20 C^ '
Flash Point 12 F(4^
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %)
Solubility -Oiubi0 in ail
Cold Water proportions^ '
C. 0
Melting Pt. -78 C(5) Boiling Pt. 56 C^)
? 20 C .4 CU) Density (gas) 1.48(4) @
Air=l
and 20 0
756 mm & 56 C @
Autolgm'tion Temp. 612 P4^
(• Lower Upper
Lower Upper
Hot Water Ethanol Soluble^1
Others: Soluble in all proportions in most organic solvents' '
Acid, Base Properties Strongly
alkaline^2^

Highly Reactive with Acids, acyl
chlorides, amines, ammonia, hydroxy cpds., thiols, hydrogen
and many other cpds/ ' Polymerizes easily' ' silver, forms an explosive cpd™'
Compatible with Glass, Teflon, mild pj^stainless steel, the following are NOT recommended for
use: copper and copper-bearing al
loys' ''
Shipped in Glass, mild or stainless steer '
ICC Classification III-AGO-WI(4)
Comments Toxicity is very high
4B 240^4^ Coast Guard Classification
and handling must be done with great care^ ' 9>
Borden Inc.. Chemirad Corp.. Dow Chemical r.n , and Pniycrienros j^r


References (1) (1570) (4)
(2) (1492) (5)
(3) 0571)
(1514)
(1670)

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT
               Glycerol Monolactate Trinitrate (GLTN)  (524)

                               1.   GENERAL

     GLTN is a powerful, high brisance, liquid explosive with many of the
properties of nitroglycerin.  The  first step in preparation  is to esterify
glycerol with lactic acid by prolonged heating of a glycerol  lactic acid
mixture containing 4 percent excess lactic acid.  The  resulting mixture is
then nitrated with a 40:60 mixture of nitric and sulfuric acids maintained
at 20 C.  Crude GLTN is extracted  from this reaction product with ether,
neutralized with sodium bicarbonate, washed, and dried with  calcium
chloride.  The product contains about 5 percent nitroglycerin because it
is not considered practical to prepare pure GLTN.  GLTN is used as a
                               0474
gelatinizer for nitrocellulose.

     The physical/chemical properties for GLTN are summarized in the
attached worksheet.

                              2.  TOXICOLOGY

     GLTN like nitroglycerin, which is present in GLTN, can  cause dilation
of blood vessels, headaches, nausea, vomiting, methemoglobinemia, cyanosis,
reduced blood pressure, central nervous system depression, coma and
respiratory paralysis through inhalation, ingestion or skin  absorption.
Alcoholic beverages aggravate the  health hazard.  A Threshold Limit Value
(TLV) for GLTN has not been established, but the TLV of 0.2  ppm for
                                            1142
nitroglycerin would appear to apply to GLTN.
                                     99

-------
                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     GLTN is a high explosive that is so sensitive to heat and impact that
 it undergoes detonation, if confined, when subjected to very mild thermal  or
 mechanical shock by a flame or percussion.  It will explode when heated to
 223 C.0474  The material should be handled only by experienced explosive
 ordnance personnel.

                4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     As in the manufacture of nitroglycerin, wash waters and acid nitrating
 solutions used in  GLTN manufacture must be stored until all GLTN has been
 decomposed by acid hydrolysis.      Recovery and recycling of the spent acid
 is possible, after the GLTN has decomposed.  Because GLTN is a high explosive
 it is  recommended  that no GLTN be released to the environment.

     GLTN is stored as a liquid under the DOD regulations for a Class 9
 Explosive.0474   It is not normally shipped as such outside the boundaries
 of the plant in which it is manufactured.   ;io  Department  of  Transportation  (DOT)
 classification  has been assigned to GLTN, and it cannot be shipped via common
 carrier.

     The safe disposal  of GLTN is  defined in terms of the  recommended
provisional  limits in the atmosphere,  and in water and soil.
These recommended provisional  limits  are as  follows:

Contaminant in.Air          Provisional  Limit        Basis for Recommendation

GLTN                        0.02 mg/M3*              0.01  TLV*

Contaminant in
Water and Soil               Provisional  Limit        Basis for Recommendation

GLTN                        0.1* mg/L*               Stokinger and  Woodward
                                                     Method*
*Estimated from data for similar compounds

                                    100

-------
     The waste forms containing GLTN are for the most part surplus  and
obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal, and manufacturing wastes
composed of scrap explosive and explosive-contaminated "inert"  materials.
(The "inert" materials are almost always combustible wastes—straw, cardboard,
paperboard, fiberboard, and the like).   The quantities by location  of the
GLTN, and of the waste forms in which it is contained, are included in  the
quantities listed under the heading "High Explosives" in the table  covering
"Explosive Manufacturing Wastes," and under the heading "Propellent,  nitro-
cellulose Base" in the table for "Obsolete Conventional Munitions"  in
Volume 14 of this report.

                   5.    EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     GLTN which is collected from spills and catch tanks, and that  which is
considered unsuitable for use (contaminated or unstable to KI test), is
currently disposed of by absorption in sawdust, wood pulp or fullers earth,
after which it is carefully burned in an open burning area used for
explosives disposal.  If GLTN is spilled on the ground, the contaminated
ground is removed with  low-impact tools and burned.  Ignition of GLTN is
usually accomplished by placing a black powder squib on the surface of  the
absorbed GLTN.  As expected, the products of combustion contain considerable
NOV.  This method of disposal is not satisfactory unless, due to the
  A
specific character of the waste undergoing treatment, the safety hazards of
disposal via the techniques being developed exceed the environmental impact
of the NO  generated by open burning.
         X

     Methods currently  under investigation for minimum environmental impact,
low hazard disposal of  nitroglycerin are potentially applicable to  the
disposal of GLTN.  Bacterial degradation and controlled incineration, with
afterburners  and scrubbing for abatement of NO , are two techniques being
                                               /\
investigated.  Neither  of these methods is available for use on GLTN at
this time.  Additional  research is required.

     GLTN wastes should be handled only by experienced ordnance disposal
personnel with a background in GLTN or nitroglycerin disposal.
                                  101

-------
                     6.   APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL  DISPOSAL  SITES

     GLTN is not a candidate waste stream constituent  for  National  Disposal
Sites, in wastes other than gelatinized nitrocellulose.  GLTN,  as such,  is
not normally transported or used outside the complexes where  it is  manu-
factured, and facilities for its disposal are available  at the  sites of
manufacture.  It is anticipated that GLTN wastes  other than gelatinized
nitrocellulose will continue to be treated at these  facilities.  Gelatinized
nitrocellulose, as noted in Profile Report (523), is a candidate waste stream
constituent for controlled incineration at National  Disposal  Sites.
                                    102

-------
                             7.  REFERENCES


0474.  Tomlinson,  W.  R., Jr.  revised by 0. E. Sheffield.  Properties  of
          explosives  of military interest.  Technical Report No.  1740,
          Rev.  1,  Pictinny Arsenal, 1958.  348 p.

1142.  JANAF Hazards  Working  Group.  Chemical rocket propel!ant hazards,
          v.2.  CPIA Publication No. 194, Silver Springs, Maryland.
          May 1970.
                                   103

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS  WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name   Glycerol Monolactate Tn'nitrate  (524)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name
Common Names  GLTN
            --       n-unu,
                                                           H2-ON6
                                                                0 QN02
                                                            i  n r ru ru
                                                            I2-0-C-CH-CH3
                   /i.                                                         explodes
Molecular Wt.   299u;	    Melting  Pt. 	    Boiling Pt.  223 C

Density (Condensed)1.47g/cc     @  23  _C	Density (gas)	&

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 Q

	&	         	9	        	0

Flash Point	         Autoignition Temp.	

Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper	

Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper	
                                                                                      _
                                                                                      0)

    Cold Water  O.Olg/lOOg at 25 Cu;   Hot  Water  at 60 C             Ethanol.

    Others:   miscible with ether,   ether-alcohol, acetone"'

Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with Hydrolysis takes  place  in  add solution^
Compatible w1th_
Shipped in

ICC Class

Comments
ICC Classification   not  shipped^	  coast Guard Classification not shipped^1 ^
References  (1)  0474

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT

                      Hydrazine Azide/Hydrazine (527)

                                1.  GENERAL

      Hydrazine is widely used as a mono-propellant in rocket engines where
 the hydrazine is decomposed to expanded volume gaseous products by passage
 over a catalyst bed.  One of the disadvantages of hydrazine as a propellent
 is that it has a relatively high freezing point (1.5 C).  Blends of hydra-
 zine azide and hydrazine have lower freezing points than hydrazine and
 these blends improve rocket performance (Specific Impulse) which has led
 to much experimental activity with these blends.  The lowest freezing
 point (-17.5 C) is obtained for the blend containing 77 percent hydrazine
 by weight.      It is this blend that will be discussed in this Profile
 Report.

      Hydrazine azide/hydrazine blends have been prepared by at least three
methods.  The first method involves the reaction of sulfuric acid with
sodium azide to form hydrazoic acid which is discharged into hydrazine to
form hydrazine azide.  The second method involves the metathesis of sodium
azide and hydrazine sulfate to form hydrazine azide and sodium sulfate.
The third method involves the reaction of butyl alcohol and sodium azide
to give hydrazine azide and C^OHNa.2169'2238  The first method is
preferred, since the hydrazine azide is prepared in an excess of hydrazine
                                                                 2338
which makes the process very simple and eliminates waste streams.
The third method was abandoned because of low yields and the second method
gave a product contaminated with sodium sulfate that reduced the activity
of decomposition catalyst beds.

     Though small  quantities of hydrazine azide/hydrazine blends have been
prepared and shipped, it is doubtful that these blends will become an item
of commerce because these blends have been found to be very corrosive to
stainless steel.

                                   105

-------
      The physical/chemical properties for a hydrazine azide/hydrazine blend
 containing 77 percent hydrazine are summarized on the attached worksheet.

                              2.  TOXICOLOGY

     The toxicology of hydrazine azide/hydrazine blends has not been
evaluated.  Since hydrazine is  the major component of the blends, it can be
assumed that  the  toxicity will  be at least equal to that for hydrazine (see
Profile Report on Hydrazine [212]).  A worker at TRW Systems who inhaled
the vapors from a 1-gram sample of a blend for a few minutes in the
laboratory reported a detached  feeling that left in about two hours.  It
is therefore  recommended that exposure to inhalation and skin contact with
vapors of the blends be avoided until the toxicity is defined.

                             3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     Hydrazine azide/hydrazine  blends will present the same fire hazards as
hydrazine.  These are discussed in the hydrazine Profile Report (212).  Im-
pact tests indicate the binary  system hydrazine azide/hydrazine is not sen-
sitive to 120Kg-cm of shock with one exception.  A detonation did occur on
the second bounce when testing  one sample saturated with hydrazine azide.
                                                                     2338
Also, no detonation propagation could be demonstrated for the blends.

                4.  DEFINITION  OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     Adequate procedures for the safe handlings transportation and storage
of the blends have not been defined because the blends are regarded as an
experimental material.  On one  occasion 10-lb quantities in a polyethylene
container packed  in a wooden box were shipped as a Corrosive Liquid under
a White label.  Because hydrazine azide/hydrazine blends attack stainless
steel, it is  doubtful that additional quantities will be shipped for
evaluation as a monopropellant.

     Personnel who are required to handle wastes containing or contaminated
with hydrazoic acid/hydrazine blends should wear rubber protective clothing,
                                    106

-------
and use forced air supply respiratory equipment.   Hydrazine  azide/hydrazine
blends will  probably be encountered only as  excess or contaminated material.

      The safe disposal of hydrazine azide/hydrazine  is  defined  in terms
 of the recommended provisional  limits in the atmosphere,  in potable water,
 and in marine habitats.   These recommended provisional  limits  are as
 follows:
 Contaminant in           Provisional  Limit       Basis for Recommendation
      Air	
 Hydrazine                0.013  mg/M3                   0.01 TLV
 Contaminant in           Provisional  Limit       Basis for Recommendation
 Water and Soil
 Hydrazine                0.065  mg/1           Stokinger and Woodward Method

                  5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT  PRACTICES

      Because  blends of hydrazine azide/hydrazine are  an experimental
material, disposal  processes have  not been  established.   It is recommended
that  material  be  disposed of by incineration.  The blends should be diluted
with  water  and sprayed into an incinerator with  a scrubber  similar to that
used  for hydrazine  (see Profile Report on Hydrazine [212]).

                6.  APPLICABILITY  TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

      Because  only experimental quantities of hydrazine azide/hydrazine blends
have  been prepared, it is not likely that any of the  blends will be sent
to National Disposal Sites for disposal.  If at  some  future date the blends
are manufactured, then wastes containing the blends will  be candidates for
National Disposal Sites.  The techniques for disposal, as discussed in
Section  5,  will be  similar to those used for disposal of  hydrazine wastes.
                                   107

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES
2169. Fedoroff, B.  T.  Encyclopedia of explosives and related items, v.l
        Picatinny Arsenal,  1960.   692 p.

2338. Rockenfeller, J. D.   Development  of  improved monopropellants,
        AFRPL-TR-70-108.   East Hartford, Connecticut, United Aircraft
        Corporation, 1970.  p.29. •
                                  108

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name   Hydrazine Azide/Hydrazlne  (527)
IUC Name     Hydrazim'um Azlde/Hydrazine
Common Names
                                                               Structural  Formula
 Weight  ratio:   77 parts N2H4> 23 parts N
                            compound"^                   m
Molecular Wt.   a blend not a         Meltlna  Pt.     -17.5Cu;       Boiling Pt._
Density (Condensed)1-083 g/cc   g 25
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20  0
    7.7 torr
                   20
                            -(1)
                                    23.5 torr @   40 C
                                             Density  (gas)_

                                                     (1)
          520 torrg  55 Cv
Flash Point
               	         Autoignition Temp._
Flamiability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.
                                     Lower
Solubility
    Cold Water_
    Others:
                     soluble^1)
Hot Water   soluble1
Upper.
Upper_
                              (1)
         Ethanolslightly soluble
Acid, Base Properties
Highly Reactive with      oxidizing  agents('X
Compatible with
                       .  polyethylene
                                     *1 ^
Shipped in  polyethylene enclosed  in a wood boxu)
ICC Classification   corrosive  liquid(1)          coast Guard Classification,
Comments     Experimental monopropellant. not produced
References (1)  2338
                                           109

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

                           Hydroqulnone (220)

     Hydroquinone is a white crystalline solid of moderate to high toxieity.
It is widely distributed in nature as a component of the glucoside arbutin,
                                   1433
found in the leaves of many plants.       Its performance as a reducing agent
provides the basis for its widespread use as a photographic developer and
antioxidant.

     There are a number of patented  processes for the manufacture of hydro-
quinone but the method employed by the Eastman Chemical  Products Division  of
Eastman Kodak, in Kingsport, Tennessee, is believed to be representative of
those which are of commercial importance.       The process used at Kingsport
is essentially a three-step operation.       In the first step aniline is
oxidized to quinone in the presence  of an excess of manganese dioxide and
sulfuric acid.  In the second step,  quinone is steam distilled from the re-
action liquor and immediately brought into contact with  a water suspension
of iron dust that reduces the quinone to hydroquinone.  The third step is
the purification of hydroquinone to  the quality desired.

     Hydroquinone is available in technical and photographic (higher purity)
                                                          1433
grades and is shipped in TOO-and 325-lb (net) fiber drums.      In addition
to Eastman, the other domestic producers of technical grade hydroquinone are
Carus Chemical Company, Diamond Shamrock Corporation, and the DuPont
Company.
million Ib.
        1718
Company.      Their combined production during 1970 was  approximately  13.6
     The principal large-scale use of hydroquinone is as a reducing agent
                           1433
in photographic developers.      For this application it is used in dilute
                                                                         1686
aqueous solution; a common concentration is 10 g in a liter of developer.
It is also employed as an antioxidant in a variety of products including
                                  111

-------
 rubber and edible fats  and  ®ils.      The antioxidant activity of hydro-
 quinone is also the basis  f@t? Us  use as a polymerizatiom inhibitor
 (stabilizer) for  reactive vinyl monomers.      When used as an antioxidant-
 stabilizer hydroquinone or  its derivatives generally comprise less than
                                    1433
 2 percent  of the  materials involved.

     The physical/chemical  properties of hydroquinone are summarized in the
 attached worksheet.

                              2.  TOXICOLOGY0756' 1492

     Under normal conditions  of use, (low concentrations, moderate tempera-
 tures, closed  systems,  etc.)  hydroquinone does not present a serious hazard.
 However,  ingestion of relatively large  quantities of material is potentially
 dangerous.  For example,  the  ingestion  of 1 g by an adult has been reported
 to  cause  nausea,  vomiting,  a  feeling of suffocation, shortness of breath,
 cyanosis,  convulsions,  delirium and collapse.  Death has followed the in-
 gestion of 5 g of the material.  Many of these symptoms may be attributable
 to  the strong  excitation  effect of hydroquinone on the central nervous sys-
 tan.1433

     Skin  contact may result  in dermatitis, although the actual causitive
 agent  may  be quinone0 formed  by the oxidation of hydroquinone in the pre-
 sence  of moisture.     Quinone may also be responsible for the corneal
 staining  and opacification  which has occurred in workers exposed for pro-
 longed periods to concentrations of vapor not high enough for the production
 of  systemic effects.

     A Threshold Limit Value (TLV)  of 2  mg/M  of air has been recommended
for this material.

                            3. OTHER HAZARDS

     Hydroquinone is considered to  be only a slight fire and explosion
    rd  when expose
lease toxic fumes.
hazard when exposed to fire or heat.       However, such exposure may re-
                                 112

-------
     Caution should be exercised when contacting hydroquinone with strong
oxidizing agents„ since it is a potent reducing agent.   A highly exothermic
                                                      1569
reaction with sodium hydroxide has also been reported.

              4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                   Handling, Storage, and Transportation
      The safe handling and use of hydroquinone requires that care be taken
 to avoid prolonged exposure to its dust and vapor through use of dust masks
 and gloves.  Careful design of equipment to prevent leaks during manufacture
 and use, and adequate ventilation are very important.      To further mini-
 mize exposure during the manufacturing process, Eastman     requires that
 employees be rotated through various operations in the department and that
 uniforms be changed and showers taken at the end of each workday.

      Hydroquinone is shipped in 100-and 325-lb fiber drums which do not re-
 quire special hazardous material labels.

      In general, the precautions necessary to prevent the contamination of
 hydroquinone and thus guard its economic value are adequate to assure its
 safe handling.

                               Disposal/Reuse
      Purification of hydroquinone by recrystallization is a normal phase of
 the manufacturing process     and hydroquinone users with the required
 equipment may employ this technique to recover slightly contaminated material.
      An adequate process for
 visions for limiting
 for oxidation to the msr© velatil©
 and vapor 1s probably not a §©
 1s In the fora oi
disposal of hydroquinone must include pro-
  of dust and vapors and the opportunity
      toxic qulnone.  The problem of dust
        sine© almost all hydroquinone waste
solutions of hydroquinone or, in the case
                                   113

-------
of spent photographic developer, hydroquinone monosulfinate.      Oxida-
tion to quinone is not rapid in acidic or neutral solutions and can be pre-
vented in the presence of another reducing agent such as sodium sulfite
                                            1686
which is present in photographic developers.

     Aqueous waste solutions are amenable to common municipal secondary
                          1686
waste treatment processes.      The hydroquinone molecule, containing only
carbon, hydrogen  and  oxygen atoms, can also be  burned in a  properly designed
and  operated  incincerator.

     Recommended provisional limits for hydroquinone 1n  the environment
are  as  follows:
 Contaminant  and                                               Basis  for
   Environment                Provisional Limits            Recommendation
 Hydroquinone in                  0.02 mg/M                    0.01 TLV
   air
 Hydroquinone in                0.10 ppm (mg/1)             Stokinger and
   water and  soil                                           Woodward  Method

               5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

      The preferred processing  options  for  the disposal of  hydroquinone
 wastes  are briefly described  in  the  following paragraphs  together with
 judgments as to  their adequacy.

                    Option  No.  1 - Waste Water Treatment

      The major portion of  hydroquinone wastes are  expected to be in  the
 form of dilute aqueous solutions.  Hydroquinone can  be effectively  removed
 from such waste  streams by conventional secondary  sewage  treatment  (bio-
 chemical oxidation) methods.   Of  those processes,  activated sludge  is  the
 most efficient,  with aerated  lagoons or trickling  filters  equally effective
                                                                     1686
 if sufficient  residence time  for  complete  decomposition 1s available.
                                   114

-------
Anaerobic processes (faculative ponds)  are not recommended for hydroquinone
waste streams which contain components  incorporating sulfur atoms  (e.g.,
photographic process effluents) because of the danger of HgS production.

     Concentrated hydroquinone wastes may also be treated by common munici-
pal secondary waste water treatment methods after adequate dilution.   The
required dilution will depend upon the  capacity of the treatment plant in
                                                           l fiftfi
question; hydroquinone exerts a BOD of 1.12 Ib/lb of waste.

     The direct introduction of untreated hydroquinone wastes into surface
or underground waters is not recommended because of the known high toxicity
of the material to fish and other fauna.

                       Option No. 2 - Incineration

     Incineration of hydroquinone in a well designed and operated incinerator
is an acceptable waste disposal method.  Hydroquinone should be combusted at
a minimum temperature of 1,800 F for a minimum of 2.0 seconds.  Care must be
taken to avoid leakage of unburned hydroquinone vapors, and to remove harm-
ful combustion products (e.g., S02, NOX) produced by other components in  the
waste mixture.

     The incineration option is most applicable to concentrated hydroqui-
none wastes and in areas removed from ready access to appropriate municipal
or private secondary treatment facilities.

                       Option No. 3 - Land Burial

     Landfill or deep well disposal of hydroquinone waste streams is not
generally recommended because of the danger of release of this water-soluble,
toxic substance to the environment.  In addition to possible leaching of
hydroquinone by rain or subterranean water, its possible oxidation to the
more toxic, volatile, and less biodegradable quinone must be considered as
contraindicative for burial disposal methods.  However, a landfill meeting
California Class I requirements is adequate.  (See Volume 3, Landfill Disposal
Process  Description.)

                                   115

-------
              6.   APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Hydroquinone is not a candidate waste  stream  constituent for disposal
at National Disposal Sites.   Waste streams  containing  this material can be
effectively and safely disposed of,  at or near the sites  of waste generation,
by conventional waste water treatment of controlled incineration.
                                    116

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES
0766. Sax, N.  I.  Dangerous properties  of industrial  materials.   3d ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing  Company,  1968.   1,251  p.

1433. Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical  technology.   2d ed.   22 v.  and
        suppl.   New York, Wiley-Interscience  Publishers,  1963-1971.

1569. National  Fire Protection Association.   Manual  of hazardous  chemical
        reactions 1971.   4th ed.   NFPA No.  491M.   Boston.  308  p.

1571. OPD Chemical buyers directory.   New York, Schnell  Publishing Company,
        1971.   1,584 p.

1679. Shearon,  W. H. Jr., Davy, L.  G.  and H.  Von  Bramer.  Hydroauinone
        manufacture.  Industrial  and Engineering  Chemistry.   44(9):1730-
        1735,  Aug. 1952.

1686. Personal  communication.   L.  E. West,  Eastman Kodak  Company, to
        H. E.  Green, TRW Systems,  May  9, 1972.

1718. United States Tariff Commission.   Synthetic organic chemicals,  United
        States  production and sales, 1970.  TC  publication 479.   Washington,
        U.S. Government Printing Office, 1972.   262 p.
                                  117

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS  WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name  Hydroquinone  (220)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name  1,4-dihydroxybenzene
Common Names ^  M,4-benzenediol. quinol, hydroquinol
HOC6H4OH
Molecular Wt.   110.1	    Melting  Pt/1) 170.5 C         Boiling Pt/^286.2 C
Density (Condensed) ^ n .353     @ 20/4 C	Density  (gas^^.fli	{
Vapor Pressure^ \Vecommended 55 C and 20  C)
  1  mm	  @  132.4  C            	9	^^       	
Flash Point (1)329  F (cc)           Autoignition Temp. ^Oft) F
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper	
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper	

Solubility (2)
    Cold Water 5.8g/100g  solution @  15 C          9.4g/100q solution  Ethanol Very  soluble
    Others:   Ether	            @ 28'5 C
Acid, Base Properties  Neutral	
Highly Reactive with   Oxidizing agents^   , sodium hydroxide^  '
Compatible with_
Shipped in  Fiber  drums^  '
ICC Classification	•     Coast Guard Classification
Comments  Source^  ': Allied Chem.. Diamond Shamrock, Eastman r.hemiral  Prndut
  Mallinckrodt Chemical Works. J. T. Baker Chemiral rn. „ r.amg  r.hpmirai  rn
References  (1)  0766     (4)   1679
            (2)  1433     (5)   1571
            (3)  1569
                                             118

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

                         Maleic Anhydride (249)

                               1.   GENERAL

     Maleic anhydride is a toxic solid at room temperature,  appearing as
white rombic needles in the crystalline form.   The products  of commerce
are shipped as flakes, briquettes  and as a liquid at temperatures between
            1497
55 and 60 C.      Most of the maleic anhydride produced commercially is
                                                              1433
made by the catalytic oxidation of benzene in  the vapor phase.      It is
primarily used in polyester resins, lesser quantities being  used to make
fumaric acid, agricultural chemicals, alkyd surface coatings, lubricants,
copolymers, and plasticizers.

     As of 1970, large scale commercial facilities for the manufacture of
maleic anhydride (production greater than 20 million Ib annually) were
operated by six companies, Monsanto producing  75 million Ib  of the 237 mil-
lion Ib produced annually.      Physical/chemical properties are summarized
in the attached worksheet.

                             2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Maleic anhydride is a strong irritant to  the skin, eyes and the mucous
membrane.  It is very irritating to the eyes and can cause painful conjunc-
tivitis and possible corneal dullness.  If it  is left in contact with the
skin, painful irritation can result, particularly if the skin is moist.
Oral ingestion may cause death or permanent injury after very short exposure
                                                                    :ti ve
                                                                    1497
to small quantities.       A detailed description of personnel  protective
equipment is provided by the Manufacturing Chemists Association Inc.
for handling both the solid and molten material.   Toxicological effects in
                                                                          o
man are characterized by a Threshold Limit Value (TLV) of 0.25 ppm (1  mg/M ).
                                   119

-------
                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Maleic anhydride is an irritant to the skin and mucous  membrane
                                       T A r\i
    cially in the presence of moistun
hazard when exposed to heat or flame.
                                       1497
especially in the presence of moisture.      It is also a moderate fire
     This material emits toxic fumes when heated and can react  on  contact
with oxidizing materials     such as the alkali  metals  or amines at temper-
atures above 150 C.  The flammable limits (by volume) are 1.4 percent to
7.1 percent.      It is recommended that the material not be heated above
70 C1570 since the closed cup flash point is 102 C.1497

               4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE  MANAGEMENT

                  Handling, Storage, and Transportation

     Precautions must be taken to guard against  health  and fire hazards
whenever maleic anhydride is handled.  Although  maleic  anhydride does not
                             1433
present a severe fire hazard,     it is recommended that spark-resistant
tools be used in handling the material and explosion venting be provided
in general construction of equipment and buildings in which flammable
                                          1497
vapors or dusts are liable to concentrate.

     Maleic anhydride is shipped as flakes, briquettes  and in the  molten
form.  Briquettes and flaked maleic anhydride are packaged and shipped in
multiwall paper bags, fibre drums and metal drums.  Molten maleic  anhydride
is shipped in tank cars and tank trucks constructed of mild or stainless
steels.1497

     A description of personnel protective equipment to be used when handling
maleic anhydride is available from the Manufacturing Chemists Association,
    1497
Inc.      This includes a discussion of eye, respiratory, head and body
protection.
                                 120

-------
                             Disposal/Reuse

     Most of the maleic anhydride produced commercially is  made by the
                                                  1433
catalytic oxidation of benzene in the vapor phase.       It  is  also obtained
as a byproduct in the oxidation of naphthalene and from butylenes  by catalytic
vapor-phase oxidation similar to the benzene process.       The catalytic
                                                                          1499
vapor-phase oxidation is a continuous process having no contact with water
since water is not used or generated in the process.  Hence,  any contami-
nation of water would probably stem from the washdown  of equipment, such
as storage tanks or tank cars, and clean up of spills.  This  in itself  does
not present a major problem since maleic anhydride is  easily  hydrolized by
water to maleic acid which is readily soluble in water and  may be  easily
neutralized with sodium hydroxide.  The resultant dilute aqueous solution
will generally exhibit no evidence of toxicity, taste  or odor problems  in
the context of disposal to municipal or industrial  treatment  plants, this
                                                      1497
neutralized solution is readily oxidized biologically.

     Maleic anhydride and maleic acid are found as dilute wastes in the
tars which appear as bottoms products from the vacuum columns in the manu-
facturing processes.  One manufacturer     currently disposes of this waste
in a privately owned sanitary landfill.  Test wells surround  the landfill
to check migration of any material.  The tars are also used as boiler feed
              1499
in some plants     thus disposing of the material by incineration.

     Any method of maleic anhydride disposal must be evaluated with respect
to its environmental impact.  Recommended provisional  limits  of maleic  an-
hydride in the environment are as follows:

Contaminant and                                               Basis for
  Environment               Provisional Limits             Recommendation
Maleic Anhydride         0.0025 ppm (0.01 mg/M3)              0.01 TLV
  in Air
Maleic Anhydride             0.05 ppm (mg/1)               Stokinger and
  in Water and Soil                                        Woodward Method
                                  121

-------
              5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Maleic anhydride is expected to appear in low concentrations  in  tars
produced during manufacture.  It is anticipated that it will  also  be  present
as maleic acid in water used to clean up spills or equipment.   Concentrated
maleic anhydride waste will appear as contaminated or off grade product.
                                                         1499
Generally, the contamination will be caused by hydrolysis     or the  material
will be discolored making it unfit for use in some manufacturing processes.
The processing options are briefly described in the following  paragraphs
together with recommendations as to their adequacy.

                      Concentrated Maleic Anhydride

     Essentially, four options are available for the disposal  of concentrated
maleic anhydride wastes.  These are recycle, incineration, landfill  and deep
sea burial.

     By far, the most appropriate method of disposal of concentrated maleic
anhydride wastes is to recycle the material.  This is accomplished either
by locating a consumer willing to use low grade material or by reprocessing
                                          1499
the material at the plant for captive use.      If recycling is impossible,
controlled incineration is the disposal method of choice.  Incineration
must be controlled to ensure that the waste maleic anhydride,  as well as
any other material in the waste stream, is completely oxidized to  nontoxic
combustion products.

     The use of landfills for the disposal of concentrated maleic  anhydride
wastes should be considered only when the options of recycle and incineration
are impractical and the landfill is of the California Class I  type.   The
use of deep sea burial is not recommended since injury to aquatic life is
possible and once dumped, control of the material is lost.
                                  122

-------
                          Dilute Waste Streams

     The following sections will discuss the methods used to dispose  of
waste streams containing maleic anhydride in dilute form.

     Option No. 1 - Secondary Treatment.  Waste water containing maleic
acid from maleic anhydride equipment wash downs can be adequately handled
in municipal sewers after neutralization of the dilute solution.  Once
neutralized by NaOH addition and in dilute aqueous solution there is  no
evidence of toxicity, taste or odor problems in the context of disposal
to municipal or industrial treatment plants since the sodium maleate  (in
dilute form) is readily oxidized biologically.

     Option No. 2 - Incineration.  Incineration of the tar byproducts
containing maleic anhydride is an adequate means of disposing of this
                                                                    1944
material particularly since the tars can be used as fuel in boilers.
Care must be taken to ensure that complete oxidation of the maleic anhydride,
as well as any other materials in the waste stream, is attained.

     Option No. 3 - Sanitary Landfill.  Sanitary landfills are currently
used to dispose of tars containing maleic anhydride and maleic acid.
This method is recommended only when the landfill utilized meets
California Class I landfill standards since this will minimize the pos-
sibility of water contamination.

              6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Maleic anhydride is not judged to be a candidate waste stream constit-
uent requiring National Disposal Site treatment since the various waste forms
containing this material can be treated at the site of generation with common
industrial and municipal techniques.  Also, some concentrated maleic an-
hydride wastes, depending on other waste stream constituents, are particu-
                                                                 1499
larly well suited for recycling and this is currently being done.
                                   123

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES
0766. Sax, N. I.  Dangerous properties of industrial  materials.   3d ed.  '
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Company, 1968.   1,251  p.

1316. Noller, C. R.  Chemistry of organic compounds.   2d ed.   Philadelphia,
        W. B. Saunders, 1957.  978 p.

1433. Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical technology.   2d ed.   22 v.  and
        suppl.  New York, Wiley-Interscience Publishers.  1963-1971.

1497. Manufacturing Chemists Association, Inc.  Properties and essential
        information for safe handling and use of maleic and anhydride.
        Chemical Safety Data Sheet SD-88.  Oct. 1962.  13 p.

1499. Personal communication.  T. Morgan, Tenneco Chemicals Inc., to
        W. P. Kendrick, TRW Systems, Apr. 3, 1972.

1501. Faith. W. L. , D. B. Keyes, and R. L. Clark.  Industrial  chemicals.
        3d ed.  New York, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1950.  852 p.

1502. Personal communication.  D. Hosmer, Monsanto Chemical Company, to
        W. P. Kendrick, TRW Systems, Apr. 3, 1972.

1506. Chemical profiles.  jjr^Oil, Paint, and Drug Reporter.  Chemical
        Marketing Newspaper, New York, Schnell Publishing Company, Inc.
        200 p.

1507. Maleic anhydride.  Technical Bulletin, Tenneco Chemicals Inc.,
        Heyden Division, New York.   16 p.

1570. Chemical Rubber  Company.  Handbook of chemistry and physics.  47th  ed.
        Cleveland, 1966.  1,500 p.

1571. OPD  Chemical buyers directory.  New York, Schnell Publishing Company,
        1971.  1,584 p.
                                 124

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Maleic Anhydride  (249)
IUC Name 	
Common Names   Tcxilic Anhydride rcis-butenedioic
               Anhydride
                                             Structural  Formula
                                        C4  H2  °3
Molecular Wt.
98.06
Melting Pt.   56  C
Density (Condensed)  1.314      @  60
                           Density  (gas)    3.4
                                                                (3)
Boiling Pt.     197-9 c
                                                                                          (1)
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
  1 mm Hr
44  c
Flash Point  218 F (c/c)
                        "(3)  •
                 Autoignition Temp.890   F
                                          (3)
Flammability Limits in Air'(Vol.  %)  Lower  1.4
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)       Lower	
                                          Upper   7.1
                                          Upper	
Solubility
    Cold Water  Soluble
                    Hot Water  Decomposes  to
                                 Ethanol
    Others: Soluble in Ether, Acetone, Chloroform
                                                 the acid
Acid, Base Properties
Highly Reactive with  Alkali Metals, amines,  any oxidizing  agent
Compatible with Mild Steel. Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Shipped in  Drums and tank cars when liquid;  paperbags.  drums when  solid
ICC Classification   20, 28	  Coast Guard Classification
Comment;;  Mfg.:  Allied Chem. Corp.; Ciba Products Co.; Eastern Color.  & Chem.  Co.
                                                 (2\
 Mnnsantn Co,; Tar Residuals Inc.; USS Chemicalc;	
References (1) 1570
           (2) 1571
           (3) 0766
                                         125

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT
            Manganese Methyl cyclopentadienyltricarbonyl (502)

                               1.  GENERAL
                               Production

     There is one producer of manganese methyl cyclopentadienyltricarbonyl
              ,) in the United States, the Ethyl Corporation, which produces
                                                              (2128 2177)
an undisclosed amount at its Orangeburg, South Carolina plant.     '    ;
Ethyl owns at least six, patented processes for the production of ChLC(.H.Mn(CO)o
1433                                       2177
     of which only one is currently in use.      Methyl cyclopentadiene is
reacted with metallic sodium to form methyl cyclopentadienyl sodium.  This in
turn is reacted with manganese chloride to yield biscyclopentadienylmanganese
plus sodium chloride.  The mixture is scrubbed with oil and water and the
resultant pure biscyclopentadienylmanganese is reacted with carbon monoxide
to yield the manganese methylcyclopentadienyltricarbonyl .  The final product
contains traces of manganese cyclopentadienyltricarbonyl, which are
                      2174
considered acceptable.
                                   Use

     At present, CH3C5H4Mn(CO)3 is used as an additive to distillate type
fuel oils to improve combustion under the trade name CI-2.  The utilities
industries have found it particularly useful for reducing the opacity of
                  21 7i
their stack gases.
the manganese oxides.
                  pi "1C
their stack gases.      As a fuel component it is combusted completely to
     The Ethyl Corporation hopes to expand its use considerably as an anti-
                                                                          2128
knock additive to gasoline (trade name AK-33X) to replace lead tetraethyl.
It is anticipated that, beginning with the 1975 model year, cars will have
to be equipped with catalytic afterburners to satisfy the projected
pollution requirements.  At present, all proposed catalysts are poisoned by
lead, but not by manganese; hence the interest in CH-^CgH^lMCO).,.  Projected
additions range from 0.025 to 0.05 g Mn/gal. gasoline as Mn metal, compared
to the present addition of 2.3 to 2.4 g Pb/gal. gasoline as Pb metal.  At
                                    127

-------
$2.10/lb m tank car quantities, however, it is not economically competitive
                                2175
with lead tetraethyl at present.
                                          pi -ic
     It has been experimentally determined     that all Mn that would be
emitted from automobile exhausts would be in the form of the oxides.  The
CI-LC5H.Mn(CO)3 is unstable with respect to sunlight, and decomposes slowly
to a brown flocculent material.  No chemical analysis has ever been
                                          PI 7fi 91 77
performed on these decomposition products.  I/DS<:I//
                              2.  TOXICOLOGY
                        Health and Safety Standards
     The HEW 1971 Annual List of Toxic Substances     reports that 0.12 mg/nr
of manganese cyclopentadienyltricarbonyl produced  symptoms of pulmonary
disorder and disorders  of  the central  nervous  system  in  man.  The mode of
entry was by inhalation.   Since the  methyl cyclopentadienyltricarbonyl  is
chemically similar to the  cyclopentadienyltricarbonyl, it is reasonable to
assume that manganese methyl cyclopentadienyltricarbonyl  would produce  the
same effects.

                               Epidemiology

     Since the  reported symptoms of  manganese  cyclopentadienyltricarbonyl
poisoning are the same  as  those reported for manganese metal poisoning,
i.e., pulmonary disorders  and  impairment of the central  nervous  system,  it
is reasonable to assume that the mechanisms are similar.  It is  generally
believed that manganism is caused  by enzyme inhibition in the central
nervous system.  CaNa2  EDTA administered intravenously provides  relief in
the early stages of  disease; prolonged chronic illness is essentially
incurable.  The epidemiology of manganese  poisoning is discussed more
fully in the Profile Report on Manganese (499).

                                            2197 2198
     On the basis of experimental  evidence,    />tl*°  Russian workers suggest
an LD50 of 150  mg/kg for white mice  and  an  LD50 of 80 mg/kg for  white  rats
for manganese cyclopentadienyltricarbonyl.  Administration was by direct

-------
 insertion  into  the gastrointestinal tract.  In addition to the symptoms of
 manganism, extensive hemolysis was found in the subject animals.  It is
 postulated that this was due to cyclopentadiene which split off the original
 molecule.

                             3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Manganese  methyclopentadienyltricarbonyl is flammable with a flash
                         pi TiT
 point  in excess of 200  F.      It decomposes slowly in sunlight to
 unidentified products whose potential hazards cannot be evaluated until such
 time as they are characterized.

              4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                   Handling. Storage, and Transportation

     Manganese  methylcyclopentadienyltricarbonyl is a flammable liquid of
 relatively low   vapor  pressure (0.08 torr at 20 C) and high flash point
                     pi yc
 (greater than 200 F).      As a component of gasoline, the maximum
 anticipated concentration is 0.20 g/gal. or 0.05 g Mn/gal gasoline as Mn
       2128
 metal.      CH-CrH.MnCCOU must be stored in opaque containers, for it is
 decomposed by sunlight  to a brown flocculent material of unknown composition.
 2174 2177
    '      Otherwise, it remains quite stable below its flash point, which
                                                                          21 75
 is  in  excess of 200 F.   It should be shipped in steel  drums  or  tank  cars,
 suitably labeled as a Class B poison,  flammable liquid.
                              Disposal/Reuse

     When distillate fuels or gasoline containing CH~C5H.Mn(CO)o are
combusted, the only manganese compounds released are mixtures of the oxides.
2128
      Field studies of stack emissions from stationary sources indicated
concentrations of 0.1 to 0.2 yg/m  1,000 ft downwind (compared to 0.01 to
        3                                  3
0.2 yg/m  background) and 0.03 to 0.05 yg/m  1,500 ft downwind (compared to
         o
0.02 yg/m  background).  On-site soil samples contained 12 to 109 ppm Mn,
while off-site soil samples contained 28 to 61 ppm Mn.  The samples may
have been contaminated with indigenous coal dust which runs 1,000 ppm Mn.
                                     129

-------
      Since the toxic effects of manganese methyl cyclopentadienyltricarbonyl
 are believed to be due to its manganese component, the acceptable criteria
 for its release to the environment are defined in terms of the following
 provisional limits.
                                                               Basis for
 Contaminant and Environment       Provisional Limits       Recommendation
 Manganese Methyl cyclopenta-       0.05 mg/M3 as Mn         0.01 TLV for Mn
   dienyltricarbonyl in Air
 Manganese Methyl cyclopenta-       0.05 ppm as Mn           Drinking Water
   dienyltricarbonyl in Water                              Standard for Mn
      and  Soil

                5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT  PRACTICES
      As  an  additive to  gasoline or other fuels,  CHgCj-HJMCOK compares very
favorably  to lead tetraethyl.   It has a lower vapor  pressure  (0.08  torr vs.
 0.47 torr at 20 C), a lower anticipated concentration  in  gasoline (0.20 g/gal.
 vs.  3.75 g/gal.  for Pb(C2H5).4), and is probably  somewhat  less toxic (symp-
 toms induced in man at  0.12 mg/M  vs. a Threshold Limit Value (TLV)  for
                        o
 Pb(C9H(-K of 0.075 mg/M ).  Its  handling, storage, and transportation under
     c. ID  T-
 its classification as  a Class  B  poison,  flammable liquid, are adequate at
 present  and for  the  foreseeable  future.

      Its susceptibility to decomposition under the action of  sunlight  is
 widely known,  and the producer and users exercise care that it not  be  exposed.
 The decomposition products have not been characterized, however, so any
 possible hazards associated with decomposition cannot  be  evaluated  at  this
 time 2193S219592174,2176,2177
      Currently, the addition of 2.3 to 2.4 g Pb/gal  gasoline  as
                                                       •5
 provides a maximum urban air concentration of 2.3 yg/m ,      or 1/100  of the
 TLV for Pb.      If it is assumed that lead tetraethyl  is  replaced  completely
 by manganese methyl cyclopentadienyltricarbonyl  in the concentration of 0.025
                            21 28
 to 0.05 g Mn/gal .  gasoline,     then the Mn air level from automobile
 exhausts will be approximately fifty times less than the  present Pb level,

-------
or 1/1250 of the TLV for Mn.   It is unlikely that this would present a
health hazard, notwithstanding the apparent lack of safety margin in the
                     3
present TLV of 5 mg/m  for Mn.
     The Chemistry and Physics Branch of the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency     is sponsoring an experimental study of CH3C5HJ1n(CO)o additions
to gasoline, which will be conducted by the Dow Chemical Company.  Initial
results are expected in November 1972.  Similarly the Chemistry and Physics
Branch will soon begin a joint study with the U.S. Navy on the consequences
of CH3C5H.Mn(CO)3 additions to jet fuel used in engine overhauling and
testing.
          Production of Manganese Methylcyclopentadienyltricarbonyl

     There are two waste streams associated with the production of manganese
methylcyclopentadienytricarbonyl by the Ethyl Corporation in its Orangeburg,
South Carolina facility:  an  oil  soluble  stream,  and  a  water soluble
       2177
stream.      These streams are
options available for each one.

                            Oil Soluble Stream
       2177
stream.      These streams are treated individually and there are several
      Option No. 1 - Incineration of the Oil Stream and Venting to the
Atmosphere.  This is the present procedure.  Any organic manganese compounds
              '?
present are converted to the oxides.  There is no monitoring of manganese
emissions, although state requirements with regard to opacity, S02, and
oxides of nitrogen are being met consistently.  It is necessary to
determine the emission level of manganese before an evaluation can be made
with regard to  the adequacy of this option.

     Option No.  2 - Incineration of  the Oil Stream and Wet Scrubbing  of
the Exhaust Gases.  If it is determined that manganese emissions  from the
—              " "                                   3
incinerator cause the Threshold Limit Value of 5 mg/M  to be exceeded
within the plant or the provisional  limit of 0.05 mg/M  to be exceeded
                                    131

-------
outside of the plant, a wet scrubber could be installed to bring the air
emissions to an acceptable level.  The effluent from the scrubber could
be combined with the water soluble waste stream.

                        Hater Soluble Stream

     Option No. 1 - Discharging_the Water Stream Into the Local  River.
This is the present procedure.  It is probably unsatisfactory since the
effluent runs 4.2 mg Mn/1 and the U. S. Public Health Service recommends
a maximum Mn concentration of 0.05 ppm in drinking water.  However, the
plant influent which is derived from ground water, runs 2.6 mg/1.  If the
river water contains significant manganese (close to the limit)  this
technique is not adequate.

     Option No. 2 - Precipitating the Manganese in a Settling Pond Prior
to Discharging into the Local River.  If the manganese contained in the
effluent is indeed objectionable, it can be precipitated quite easily by
temporary storage of the effluent in a settling pond in which the pH is
adjusted within the range 8.5 to 9 by the addition of lime.  Water of this
pH would meet USPHS specifications with regard to pH and would be
essentially manganese-free.

             6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     At present, manganese methylcyclopentadienyltricarbonyl does not
constitute a hazard or threat to the general public.  The manganese oxides
resulting from its combustion as a gasoline additive would not constitute
an air pollution problem, and would represent a considerable improvement
over the combustion products of the lead tetraethyl currently in. use.

     The handling, storage, and transportation of CH3CgH^Mn(CO)3 are
adequate at present and for the foreseeable future, providing the
manufacturer's admonitions to avoid exposure to sunlight are obeyed.  The
photochemical decomposition of CH^CgHaMnCCOK has been observed, but not
characterized.  There is a small, but finite chance that poisonous manganese
                      2181 2195
carbonyls are evolved.     '      It is recommended that the decomposition
products be characterized  in a laboratory setting.
                                     132

-------
     It is recommended that a determination be made of manganese air
emissions resulting from the incineration of the oil soluble waste stream
at the Ethyl Corporation's production facility at Orangeburg, South Carolina.
If it is found that the emissions exceed recommended levels, a wet scrubbing
unit should be installed to remove them.  The effluent from the scrubbing
unit could then be mixed with the water soluble waste stream.

     The plant influent at 2.6 mg Mn/1  is already considerably higher than
the U. S. Public Health Service recommended Drinking Water Standard of 0.05
mg/1.  It is raised to 4.2 mg/1 within  the plant.  These values have been
reported to the U. S. Army Corps of Engineers and the Environmental
                  2177
Protection Agency.      If it is desired to reduce the Mn content, the
addition of lime in a settling pond would prove a simple expedient.  The
precipitation of the manganese would not involve the creation of any
volatiles.

     Manganese methylcyclopentadienyltricarbonyl  can be handled quite
adequately at the industrial level and  is therefore not a candidate waste
stream constituent for national disposal.
                                  133

-------
                              7.  REFERENCES

0766.  Sax, N. I.  Dangerous properties of industrial  materials.  3d ed.
         New York, Reinhold Publishing Corp., 1968.  1,251  p.

1312.  Christensen, H.E.  Toxic substances: Annual  list.   U.S.  Department
         of Health, Education, and Welfare.  Health  Services  and  Mental
         Health Administration.  National Institute  for Occupational  Safety
         and Health.  Rockville, Maryland, 1971,  512 p.

1433.  Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical technology.  22 v.  and suppl.
         New  York,  Interscience Publishers,  1966.  899 p.

2128.  Personal communication.  L. B. Andrew, Ethyl  Corp.  to  M. Appel,  TRW
         Systems, July 10, 1972.

2174.  Personal communication.  G. Robinson, Ethyl  Corp.  to M.  Appel,  TRW
         Systems, July 20, 1972.

2175.  Personal communication.  Mr. Rowe, Ethyl Corp.  to M. Appel, TRW
         Systems, July 20, 1972.

2176.  Personal communication.  E. Desmond, Ethyl Corp. to M. Appel,  TRW
         Systems, July 20, 1972.

2177.  Personal communication.  T. Taylor, Ethyl  Corp. to M.  Appel, TRW
         Systems, July 21, 1972.

2181.  Basolo, F. and R. H. Pearson.  Mechanisms  of inorganic reactions,
         2d ed.  New York, Wiley, 1967. 701 p.

2193   Personal communication.  D. Hanson, U.S. Environmental Protection
         Agency to M. AppelI, TRW Systems, July 26,  1972.   Manganese
         methylcyclopentadienyltricarbonyl.

2194.  Personal communication.  G. Roush, Ethyl Corp.  to M. Appel, TRW
         Systems, July 27, 1972.

2195.  Personal communication.  J. Maran, U. S. Environmental Protection
         Agency to M. Appel, TRW Systems, July 27,  1972.


2197.  Arkhipova, 0. G., el al.  Toxic properties of manganese
         methylcyclopentadienyl antiknock substances.   U.S.S.R. Literature
         on Air Pollution and Related Occupational  Disease, 12:85, 1963.

2198.  Arkhipova, 0. G., et al.  Toxicity within  a  factory of the vapor of
     '    a new antiknock compound.  Hygienic Sanitation,  30(4):40, 1965.
                                     134

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name
IUC Name  Manganese methylcyclopentadienyltricarbonyl
                                                 (502)
Common Names CI-2, AK-33X	
                                                               Structural  Formula
218
                    (1)
Molecular Wt.
Density (Condensed) 1.3884  T
                                                   1.5 C
   Melting Pt.

20 C 	Density (gas)
                                          (2)
                                                                   Boiling Pt. 228-6 c
                                                                      @         (extrapolated
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 0

  0.08 mm Hg  (3     20 C             9.3 mm Hgg  100 C
Flash Point
  200F
                                  Autoignition Temp.

Flammability Limits  in  Air (wt  %)    Lower	
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)
                    Lower
Solubility

    Cold Water_

    Others:
  insoluble
               most  organic solvents
                                      Hot Water  insoluble
                           Upper.
                           Upper_
                                    Ethanol  soluble
Acid, Base Properties_
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with_
Shipped in  steel drums (1 gal. 5 gal. 55 gal)  tank cars (4000, 6000,  8000 gal)

ICC Classification C1ass B poison, flam, liquid.Coast Guard Classification	

Comments  decomposes in sunlight to unidentified prnHnrtc
References (1)  2176
           (2)  2176
                                           135

-------
                               PROFILE REPORT

                             Nitroaniline (300)

                                1.   GENERAL


     The nitroanilines are yellowish crystaline substances  described  as being
highly toxic.      They comprise three possible position  isomers;  2-(mp:71 C),
3-(mp:112 C), and 4-nitroaniline   (mp:146 C).       All three  isomers  have
been used as dyestuff intermediates, although pigments  using 4-nitroaniline
have now been virtually supplanted  by inorganic pigments  and other more
lightfast materials.

     2-Nitroaniline is prepared by  ammonalysis  of ortho-nitrochlorobenzene
or by nitration and desulfonation of sulfanilic acid.   It is used  to  prepare
                                 1433
a few azo and anthraquinone dyes.      3-Nitroaniline  is  prepared  by  partial
reduction of 1,3-dinitrobenzene.  It is used in organic synthesis  and  as a
                 1433
dye intermediate.      4-Nitroaniline is prepared by ammonolysis of
4-nitrochlorobenzene or by nitration of acetanilide  followed by hydrolysis.
Its principal uses and their approximate share  of production are:  rubber
antioxidant, 40 percent; gasoline additives,  20 percent;  dyes  and  pigments,
20 percent; Pharmaceuticals and veterinary, 7 percent; agricultural  chemicals,
three percent; miscellaneous, 10 percent.

     Commercial facilities for the  manufacture  of 4-nitroaniline are
                                    (\                      7
operated by American Aniline (2 X 10  Ib/yr),  Monsanto (10  Ib/yr),  and
Universal Oil (3 X 106  Ib/yr).  Southern Dyestuff Company makes limited
quantities for captive use.      Sources for the 2-  and 3-isomers  may be
                                   1571
found in OPD Chemical Buyers Guide.
                                   137

-------
                           2.  TOXICOL0.6Y 1498
      Nitroaniline  is  a  hazardous  material because  of its ability to
 produce  cyanosis  upon absorption  into  the bo.dy.  Significant adsorption
may occur either by inhalation of the dust or from contact with the skin.
While skin exposure may be hazardous, the rate of absorption through the
intact skin is relatively low.  Nitroaniline is mildly  irritating  to the
eyes and may cause some cornea damage,   A value of 1 ppm by volume   or
      3
6 mg/M   in air has been suggested as
considered safe for an 8-hr exposure.

                            3.   OTHER HAZARDS
      3
6 mg/M   in air has been suggested as the maximum allowable  concentration
     Nitroaniline  is a moderate fire hazard when exposed to heat or flame or
when chemically  reacted with oxidizers.      Contact with the skin and eyes,
                                                               1498
as well  as  the inhalation of vapors and dust should be avoided.
                 4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                    Handling, Storage, and Transportation

     Nitroaniline is not a serious industrial hazard if workers  are adequately
instructed and supervised in proper methods of handling the chemical.   When-
ever possible, nitroaniline should be handled within a wholly closed system.
Equipment should be designed to avoid spills and to prevent dust from
                      1498
escaping into the air.

     A  description  of personnel protective equipment and instructions on
its use are  recommended by the Manufacturing Chemists Assn0      The
Department of Transportation  (DOT) regulations are very detailed and
specific concerning packages which may be used to transport nitroaniline
(see Section 73.365 and 73.373 of  the DOT regulations).  Under the DOT
regulations, nitroaniline  is classified as a Class B poison.
                                    138

-------
                              Disposal /Reuse

     Disposal or reuse of waste nitroaniline streams must take into  account
the toxic nature of these materials.  It is assumed that dilute aqueous  waste
streams containing nitroaniline are treated in the same manner as dini-
trophenol waste streams, i.e., secondary treatment using acclimated  activated
sludges and aeration (see Profile Report on Dinitrophenol  [164]).

     Recommended provisional limits for nitroaniline in the environment  are
as follows:

                                                             Basis of
Contaminant and Environment       Provisional  Limits      Recommendation
Nitroaniline in air                    0.01 ppm .,            0.01 TLV
                                      (0.06
Nitroaniline in water and          0.30 ppm (mg/1 )         Stokinger and
soil                                                      Woodward Method
              5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Nitroanilines are expected to appear primarily as aqueous waste streams
in low concentrations and only rarely as concentrated waste.   The processing
options are briefly described in the following paragraphs together with
recommendations as to their adequacy.

                        Concentrated Nitroanilines

     In the event it becomes necessary to dispose of a significant quantity
of concentrated nitroaniline, and purification/recycling is  impractical,  then
incineration of nitroaniline is the recommended method of disposal.  Quali-
fied personnel familiar with handling toxic materials must be available.   The
material must be incinerated under controlled conditions where oxides of
nitrogen are removed from the effluent gas by scrubbers and/or thermal  or
                  1435
catalytic devices.      Combustion should be carried out at a minimum
temperature of 1,800 F for at least 2.0 seconds.
                                   139

-------
                       Dilute Aqueous Waste Streams

     Nitroanilines appear as aqueous waste in the manufacturing process.
It is assumed that methods used to dispose of aqueous nitroaniline waste
are similar to methods used for dinitrophenol, i.e., secondary treatment
utilizing activated sludges.  The adequacy of this practice is in doubt due
to the apparent difficulty of microorganisms to degrade aromatic nitro com-
       1044
pounds.      Until data are available to show that nitroanilines can be
degraded satisfactorily in secondary treatment facilities, it is recommended
that aqueous waste streams be concentrated and treated as discussed in the
section on concentrated nitroaniTines.
               6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

      The  nitroanilines  do  not appear  to  be  candidate waste stream consti-
 tuents  for National  Disposal  Sites.   It  is  anticipated  that  the great
 majority  of the  aqueous nitroaniline  waste  generated in  the  chemical in-
 dustries  will  continue  to  be  treated  at  the source of the waste generation *
 but  it  is recommended that emphasis should  be  changed from biological treat-
 ment processes to  concentration  and subsequent controlled incineration until
 the  adequacy of  the  biological  processes is proven.  In  the  event concen-
 trated  material  becomes contaminated, it can be incinerated  as discussed in
 the  section on concentrated nitroanilines.
                                   140

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES
0766.  Sac, N. I., Dangerous  properties  of industrial materials.  3d ed.
         New York, Reinhold Book Corporation,  1968.   1,251 p.

1044.  Marion, C. V., and G.  W.  Malaney.   Ability  of activated sludge
         microorganisms to oxidize aromatic organic  compounds.   lr^
         Proceedings; Eighteenth Industrial  Waste  Conference, Engineering
         Bulletin of Purdue University,  1963.   p.  297-308.

1433.  Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia  of chemical  technology.  2d ed.,  New York,
         Interscience Publishers, 1963.

1435.  John Zink Co., NOX destructor,  bulletin number NOX 1071m.  John Zink
         Co., Tulsa.  4 p.

1492.  Merck and Company.  The Merck indes of  chemicals  and drugs.  Rahway,
         New Jersey, 1960.  1,643 p.

1498.  Manufacturing Chemists Association.   Properties and essential infor-
         mation for safe handling and  use  of paranitroaniline.   Safety data
         sheet SD-94.  Washington, 1966. 14 p.

1506.  Schnell Publishing Company, Inc.  Chemical  profile, p-nitroaniline.
         1969.  1 p.

1570.  The Chemical Rubber Company.   Handbook  of chemistry and physics.
         47th ed.  Cleveland, 1962.   2,100 p.

1571   Schnell Publishing Company, Inc.  1971-72 OPD chemical buyers guide.
         59th ed.  New York,  1971.  1,584  p.
                                   141

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Nitroaniline (0) (300)

IUC Name   2-nitroaniline
                                                               Structural  Formula
Common Names
               ortho-nitroaniline
Molecular Wt.
Density (Condensed)
                 138.13
                       (1)
_    Melting  Pt.    71.5 C
 @  15    C   Density  (gas)_
                                                         (1)
       Boiling Pt.   284  C
                         (1)
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
    1mm'2'    @  142.4  C
                                              (3  165 C
Flash Point
               	         Autoignition  Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)
          (1)
                                     Lower
Upper_
Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water very slight
                                       Hot Water  slight
         Ethanolsli9ht»  very  (hot
    Others:  very, benzene, CHC1, acetone
Acid, Base Properties  basic, forms water sol, salts with acids
                                                               (2)
Highly Reactive with  acids
Compatible with_
Shipped in
ICC Classification
                                                 Coast Guard Classification
 Comments    dye-stuff ^ntermed
                              (2)
References  (1)    1570
            (2)    1492
            (3)    1571
                                            142

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. M. Name   Nitroaniline (n)
                                                               Structural Formula
IDC Name     3-nitroaniline

Common Names     meta-nitroaniline
Molecular Wt.   138.13^	Melting Pt.   114 r/1)         Boiling  Pt. 305-7 C^1)
Density (Condensed)   1.430      @	4_ _C	Density (gas)	@              (aecomp)

Vapor Pressure (recommended  55 C and  20 C)

    0.16 mm'^(a      10QC           	&	        	@   .	

Flash Point 	         Autoignition Temp.	
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper_
Explosive'Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper_

Solubility
    Cold Water	1g/800 ml^	  Hot Water	Ethanol  lg/20 ml^

    Others:    lq/11.5 ml (MeOH)(2)  CHC13(1)

Acid, Base Properties  Forms water soluble salts with minprai  ariHc W  very  slightly
Highly Reactive with  acids
Compatible with_
Shipped in	

ICC Classification	  Coast Guard Classification

Comments  Toxic-absorbed through skinJ2^  dye  intPrmprfiatP^2)
          Suppliers:  American Cyanamid.  Cnnray  PrnHnrt^, Jrctn rhamicai Co
References (1)  1570
           (2)  1492

           (3)  1571
           (4)  1655
                                          143

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Nitroaniline (p)
IDC Name    4-nitroaniline
Common Names	para-nitroaniline
                                            Structural  Formula
Molecular Wt.  138.13
                     (1)
Density (Condensed)  1.424
            _    Melting  Pt.  148.5-9.5 C
             @	20 _C	Density  (gas)
                                        (1)
                                          Boiling Pt. 331.7 C
                                                             .(1)
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
    0.03 mm   @   106 C
Flash Point
390
                Autoignition  Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower_
Solubility
    Cold Water   1g/1250 ml
    Others:  Ether (lg/30 ml)
                    Hot Water   lg/45 ml
                                         Upper_
                                         Upper_
Acid, Base Properties_
                                     	   Ethanol  1g/25 ml

Basic - forms water sol.  salts mineral acids ^ '
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in_
ICC Classification   Poison B
            Very tnxic.^ dvPStaff intPnnpHi.tP
                        Coast  Guard Classification
                        (3)  	nj	(4) Sherwin
                                                          Poison B
            Chemical. Fallek Chemical, American Hoechst Corp.  (organic inter)
References  (1)  1570
            (2)  0766
            (3)  1492
            (4)  1571
                                            144

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

                           Nitrobenzene (301)

                               1.   GENERAL

     Nitrobenzene is a pale yellow liquid with a distinct almond-like  odor.
It is highly toxic when ingested,  inhaled, or absorbed through  the  skin.
The most important application of nitrobenzene is in the manufacture of
aniline for the synthesis of dyestuffs.  At least 85 percent of the nitro-
benzene manufactured in the United States is used by the dye industry.
Other uses of nitrobenzene are for the manufacture of rubber chemicals,
photographic chemicals and drugs.     '

     The present industrial use of nitrobenzene as a starting material  for
dyestuffs and other organic intermediates stems largely from the impetus
provided by its ease of manufacture.  The current method for the commercial
manufacture of nitrobenzene is the direct nitration of benzene  using mixed
                          1433
sulfuric and nitric acids.

     Large scale commercial facilities for the manufacture of nitrobenzene
are operated by Allied, Cyanamid,  First Chemical, Mobay, Monsanto,  and
        15
Rubicon.
worksheet.

                             2.  TOXICOLOGY
     Nitrobenzene exhibits the high toxicity typical  of nitroaromatic com-
pounds.  It is readily absorbed by contact with the skin, inhalation of the
                       1433
vapor, or by ingestion.      The maximum allowable concentration in air is
1 ppm (5 mg/M ).       The ready absorption of nitrobenzene through the skin
is the major potential hazard in handling this material.   Significant ab-
sorption continues as long as the oily liquid remains on  the skin surface
                                  145
Rubicon.       Physical/chemical  properties  are  summarized  in  the  attached

-------
                                                         1494
or as long as contaminated articles of clothing are worn.       The Hygienic
Guide Series states that- nitrobenzene may be almost immediately fatal  if
large areas of the body are in contact with the liquid or if massive  con-
centrations are inhaled.
     The odor of nitrobenzene can usually be detected without  difficulty  in
                                                                          n
                                                                          1513
                                             1513
concentrations of 0.05 ppm in the atmosphere.       Nitrobenzene,  soluble  in
water to the extent of 0.19 parts nitrobenzene in 100 parts  water at  20  C,
is odorous in water at low concentrations; 0.03 mg/1  has  been reported as  the
                          1494
the Threshold Limit Value.      Acute aquatic toxicity occurs at  about
        IdQA                                                 IdQ?
30 mg/1.   H  The lethal dose orally in rabbits is 700 mg/kg.'  ^

                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS
     Nitrobenzene is a hazard to health due to its high toxicity and is
considered to be a moderate fire and explosion hazard when exposed to heat
         1433
or flame.      This material is classified by the Department of Transpor-
tation (DOT) as a "Poisonous Liquid" Class B and each shipping container must
bear the DOT poison label.  The handling of nitrobenzene should be carefully
controlled with precaution and procedures such as the use of protective
clothing, face protection and adequate ventilation.  The lower explosive
limit in air is 1.8 percent by volume at 200 F, the upper limit has not'been
         1494
reported.   4

               4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                  Handling, Storage, and Transportation

     Nitrobenzene is highly toxic when absorbed through the skin, inhaled
as vapor, or swallowed.  Although the vapor given off at elevated tempera-
tures is flammable, nitrobenzene can be handled with little danger of fire
since the flash point of the liquid (88 C) is much higher than the tempera-
tures at which it is normally handled.      Containers specified for nitro-
benzene are listed in the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49, paragraphs
173.345 and 173.346.  Usual containers are as follows:
                                   146

-------
     Spec. 5, 5A, 5B, or 5C metal, barrels or drums,
     Spec. 17C or 17E single-trip metal  drum containers,
     Spec. 15A, 15B, 15C, 16A or 19A - wooden boxes  with  glass  or
           earthenware inside containers,
     Spec. 103, 103W, 103A or 103A-W - tank cars,
     Spec. MC300, MC301, MC302, MC303 or MC305 - tank motor vehicles.

     Detailed handling instructions for  small containers, drums,  tank  trucks
                                                               1494
and tank cars are supplied by the Manufacturing Chemists  Assn.,     along
with personnel protective equipment.

                             Disposal/Reuse

     Nitrobenzene is prepared by the direct nitration of  benzene, using a
nitric acid-sulfuric acid mixture.      The batch  process utilizes reaction
vessels specially built of cast iron or  steel and  fitted  with  agitators.
Newer plants use a continuous process, as typified by the Biazzi  process,
for the production of nitrobenzene.  The sequence  of operations is essen-
tially the same as in the batch process, the main  differences  being the
use of smaller reaction vessels, lower nitric acid concentrations, and
                      1433
higher reaction rates.

     The reduction of nitrobenzene to aniline outranks all  other uses  of
nitrobenzene as an industrial chemical,  only 15 percent of the  nitrobenzene
produced is for other uses.1501  Both Mobay1521 and Rubicon1519 utilize all
their nitrobenzene production at the manufacturing site.   Waste streams
associated with the manufacturing process are aqueous in  nature and are
given primary and secondary treatment consisting of treatment with lime and
digestion with activated sludge before being discharged into waterways.
Treatment facilities are in operation for handling aqueous  nitrobenzene
waste streams that reduce the BOD loading 90 percant to 95  percent.

     Recommended provisional limits for  nitrobenzene in the environment
are as follows:
                                  147

-------
Contaminant and                                               Basis for
  Environment                Provisional Limits            Recommendation
Nitrobenzene in             0.01 ppm (0.05 mg/M3)             0.01  TLV
  air
Nitrobenzene in               0.25 ppm (mg/1)              Stokinger and
  water and soil                                           Woodward Method
                5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Nitrobenzene is expected to appear primarily as aqueous waste streams
in low concentrations and only rarely as concentrated waste.  The processing
option,; are briefly described in the following paragraphs together with
recommendations as to their adequacy.

                        Concentrated ^Nitrobenzene

     In the event it becomes necessary to dispose of significant quantities
(55- gel. drum or  10,000-gal. tank car) of concentrated nitrobenzene, two
disposal options  are available.  The first option is to contact the manu-
facturer and determine if it is possible to return the material.  E. I.
duPont de Nemours     has indicated a willingness to accept concentrated
nitrobenzene for  reprocessing provided the contaminant or contaminants in
the nitrobenzene  are compatible with their reprocessing system and the
economic aspects  of the situation are favorable.  The second option is
incineration since nitrobenzene is flammable and amenable to the treatment.
Combustion should be carried out at a minimum temperature of 1,800 F for
at least 2.0 seconds.
      Small  amounts  of nitrobenzene  can  be  adequately  disposed of by dilution
 provided proper secondary treatment facilities  have organisms acclimated to
 this  material  (see  section on Dilute Aqueous  Waste).

      The open  burning of nitrobenzene is not  an adequate means of disposing
 of this  material  since oxides of nitrogen  as  well  as  incomplete combustion
 products may be generated during its combustion.   Controlled combustion
                                   148

-------
processes where the oxides of nitrogen are scrubbed from the effluent gas
or where a thermal or catalytic device     is used to reduce the oxides of
nitrogen to their elemental form is acceptable.

     Although landfill techniques are used extensively throughout the chem-
ical industry, it is recommended that this practice be continued only when
landfills meet California Class I requirement:..
                          Dilute Aqueous  Waste

     Nitrobenzene appears as wasfe in  water at concentrations  in the order
of parts per million.     '       Haste  treatment facilities  are in operation
that handle nitrobenzene aqueous waste      and some waste water treatment
 facilities  combine  both  plant  aqueous wastes  and  domestic sewage.  ~    In
 the latter case,  effluent  from the  plant  is given  primary treatment, fol-
 lowed  by treatment  with  lime to adjust  the pH  from 2.5 to 7.   The effluent
 is  mixed with  municipal  sewage end  allowed to  equilibrate one  day after
 which  it is  lagooned  for 20 hours with  mechanical  aeration.  BOD reduction
 runs from 90 percent  to  95 percent.  Secondary treatment utilizing accli-
 mated      activated sludge systems  for  nitrobenzene aqueous waste should
 be  adequate.

               6.  APPLICABILITY TO  NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     It  is  anticipated  that systems to  handle  the  great  majority of the
 aqueous  nitrobenzene  waste generated in the chemical process industries
 will continue  to  be located at the  source of  the waste generation.  For
 concentrated nitrobenzene  waste, it will  not  be necessary to have a
 specific facility at  a  National Disposal  Site  provided:  (1) it can be
 recycled, or (2)  incinerated in a safe  manner (see section on  Concentrated
 Nitrobenzene)  at  the  manufacturers' site.*
     *However,  incinerators designed for handling other organic wastes (at
National  Disposal Site) will be capable of handling Nitrobenzene.
                                   149

-------
                             7.  REFERENCES


0314. Jones, H. R.  Environmental control in the organic and petrochemical
        industries.  Review No. 3.  Park Ridge, New Jersey,  Noyes Data
        Corporation, 197.1.  264 p.

0766. Sax, N. I.  Dangerous properties of industrial materials.   3d. ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Company, 1968.  1,251  p.

1316. Noller, C. R.  Chemistry of organic compounds.  2d ed.  Philadelphia, -
        W. B. Saunders Company, 1957.  978 p.

1432. Personal communication.  R. Wilson, Du Pont de Nemours and Company,
        Inc., to W. P. Kendrick, TRW Systems, Mar. 24, 1972.

1433. Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical technology.  2d ed.   22 v.  and
        suppl.  New York, Wiley-Interscience Publishers, 1963-1971.

1492. Merck and Company, Inc.  The Merck index of chemicals  and drugs,.,
        Rahway, New Jersey, 1960.  1,643 p,.

1494. Manufacturing Chemists Association.  Properties and essential
        information for safe handling and use of nitrobenzene.   Chemical
        Safety Data Sheet SD-21.  Washington, 1967.  15 p.

1501. Faith, W. L., Keyes, P. B., and R. L. Clark.  Industrial  chemicals.
        Library of Congress Card No. 65-21450.  New York, John  Wiley and
        Sons, Inc., 1965.  852 p.

1506. 1968 Chemical profiles.  Schnell Publishing Company, Inc., New, Yprk.
        200 p.

1513. Du Pont de Nemours and Company.  Du Pont nitrobenzene.  Product
        information,  Wilmington, Delaware.  5 p.

1519. Personal communication.  C. Rappe, Rubicon Company, to W.  P. Kendrick,
        TRW Systems, Apr. 3, 1972.

1520. Personal communication.  Mr. Hunt, American Cyanamid Company, to
        W. P. Kendrick, TRW Systems, Apr. 12, 1972.

1521. Personal communication.  E. E. Bailey, Mobay Chemicals, to W.  P.
        Kendrick, TRW Systems, Apr. 13,  1972.

1570. Chemical Rubber Company.  Handbook of chemistry and physics.  47th  ed.
        Cleveland, Chemical Rubber Company, 1966. 1,500 p.

1571. OPD Chemical buyers directory.  New York, Schnell Publishing Company,
        1971.  1,584 p.

1572. American Cyanamid Company.  Oil of myrbane.  Technical Bulletin C-43.
        Bound Brook, New Jersey,  1971.   2 p.


                                   150

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. H. Name  Nitrobenzene (301)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name   Nitrobenzene

Common Names Nitrobenzene, Nitrobenzol, Oil of Myrbane
Molecular Wt.   123.11	    Melting Pt.   5.7 C^           Boiling  Pt.  210.9  C
Density (Condensed) 1.19867     @    25/4 Cv  Density (gas)  4.75
g Pt.  a./ t' '	

.Density (qas)  4.75(1)
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 Q                   Air " 1'°
                           (4)                        ,.*                                ...
    1 mm      @      44.4 C           22 mm   g  100 CVH'            50  mm     @    120  C  '
Flash Point  87.8 C (C.C.)(4)      Autoignition Temp.(900

Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	     Upper_

Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower 1.8% at 200 F( ^   Upper_
Solubility       Slightly^ 0.19/100             1.0/100 parts  water
    Cold Water   parts water^        Hot Water  at 200 C            Ethanol  Very  soluble
    Others:     ether, benzene (very)

Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with     Highly flammable
Compatible with  anY metal container is usually satisfactory,  paraffin  or  plastic  drum
liners should not be
Shipped in   tank cars, tank truck, steel  drums.
ICC Classification                     .          Coast Guard  Classification  DOT  Reg.  73.346^
Comments   Sources:^ '  A.I.D. Chemical  Co.,  Inc;  Allied C.hpmiral  rnrp;  AmoHran Cy^namiH  Co:
E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co., Inc; First Chemical  Corp;  McKesson  Chemical  Co; Metchler
Chemical Co.  Inc.
References (1)  0766    (4)  1513

           (2)  1570    (5)  1572

           (3)  1571
                                           151

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT

                    meta-and para-Nitrochlorobenzene(302)

                              1.   GENERAL

     Nitrochlorobenzene (meta and para) are yellow crystals having melting
 points of 46 C and 82 C, respectively.  9   Both materials are highly
toxic and have similar effects on the body.  Their effects are analogous
to those of nitrobenzene?

     Mononitrochlorobenzenes can be obtained from benzene by a combination
of nitration and halogenation.  The order of the operations determines the
positional isomer content of the product.  meta-Nitrochlorobenzene is ob-
tained by nitration of benzene followed by chlorination.  By reversing the
order, a mixture results containing about two parts of the para isomer to
one of the ortho.  On a technical scale, fairly sharp separation of the
isomers resulting from nitration  is made by freezing out the  bulk  of  the
higher-melting para compound, fractionating the liquid portion, and further
freezing.1655

     Domestic production of £-nitrochlorobenzene was reported as over 88.9
                                 1718
 million  Ib  for the year of  1970.       Production  figures  are  not  avail-
able for the meta compound.   Manufacturers of the meta compound are E. I.
                                           1718
du Pont de Nemours and Company Incorporated     and Universal Oil
         1718
Products.      The para compound is manufactured by American Aniline
         1718                                                1718
Products,      E. I. du Pont de Nemours Company Incorporated,
                 1718                            1718
Monsanto Company,     and Universal Oil Products.

                           2.  TOXICOLOGY0766

     Intoxication from these materials can be serious.  When absorbed, they
form methenoglobin and give rise to cyanosis and blood changes.  Their effects
are analogous to those of nitrobenzene (See Profile Report on nitrobenzene [301]),
They can cause poisoning by the pulmonary route and their effects are cumu-
lative.  The toxic hazard rating for ingestion and inhalation is high for both
materials.
                                   153

-------
                           3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     In industry it is the dust of these materials that is most often the
source of intoxication.     Protective goggles, gloves and breathing  masks
capable of removing airborne dust should be worn when working with these
materials in the open.  There is only a moderate fire hazard associated
with the nitrochlorobenzenes.

              4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT
                    Handling. Storage, and Transportation

     Gloves and chemical goggles should be worn to protect the hands  and
eyes when handling nitrochlorobenzene flakes or crystals.  A breathing
mask capable of eliminating nitrochlorobenzene dust is recommended when
handling these materials in other than fume hoods or closed systems.

     The nitrochlorobenzenes (meta and para) are shipped as crystals  and
flakes according to Department of Transportation  (DOT) regulations.°278They
are classed as"Poison B"and require a poison label on all packages.

     These materials should be stored in tightly closed containers away
from heat or flame.  When heated to decomposition, they emit highly toxic
fumes of oxides of nitrogen and phosgene.     They can also react with
oxidizing materials.

                             Disposal/Reuse

     A definition of acceptable criteria for the disposal of meta and para-
nitrochlorobenzenes must also take into account acceptable criteria for the
release of hydrogen chloride, hydrochloric acid,  and nitrogen oxides to the
environment, since current  practice in nitrochlorobenzene disposal involves
                                                                 1432
some processes  that reduce  nitrochlorobenzene to  these materials.

     Current disposal  techniques utilize incineration and land burial.
These methods are acceptable provided the recommended provisional  limits
                                   154

-------
in nitrochlorobenzene, hydrogen chloride, hydrochloric acid and nitrogen
oxides in the environment are not exceeded.  The recommended provisional
limits are as follows:
Contaminant and
Environment
p_-Nitrochlorobenzene
  in air
rn-Ni trochl orobenzene
  in air
Hydrogen chloride in
  air
Hydrochloric acid in
  air
Nitrogen oxides
  in air
£-Ni troch1orobenzene
  in water and soil
m-Ni trochlorobenzene
  in water and soil
Provisional  Limits

  0.01  mg/M3

  0.01  mg/M3

  0.05 ppm (0.07 mg/M3)

  0.05 ppm (0.07 mg/M3)

  0.05 ppm (0.07 mg/M3)

  0.05 ppm (mg/1)

  0.05 ppm (mg/1)
   Basis for
 Recommendation
     0.01 TLV
Based on p-Nitro-
chlorobenzene
     0.01 TLV

     0.01 TLV

     0.01 TLV
Stokinger and
Woodward method
Based on p-Nitro-
chl orobenzene
                  5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

      The nitrochlorobenzenes are expected to appear primarily as dilute
organic waste streams and to a much lesser degree as dilute aqueous waste
and concentrated waste.  The processing options are briefly described in
the following paragraph together with recommendations as to their adequacy.

      In the event it becomes necessary to dispose of a significant quantity
of concentrated nitrochlorobenzene, two adequate disposal options are avail-
able.  The first option is to incinerate the material.  It is expected that
either a rotary kiln or liquid combustor, depending upon the form of the
waste, followed by secondary combustion and aqueous or caustic scrubbing
would be an acceptable disposal method.  Primary combustion should be
carried out at a minimum of 1,500 F for at least 0.5 seconds with secondary
combustion at a minimum temperature of 2,200F for at least 1.0 second.
                                 155

-------
The chloride abatement problem may be simplified by insuring against
elemental chlorine formation through injection of steam or methane into
the combustion process.  The nitric oxides may be abated through the use
of thermal or catalytic devices.  The second option is to bury the material
in a California Class I type landfill.  It is recommended that dilute organic
waste be  disposed  of  by incineration.   Concentration  followed by
incineration is the recommended method of disposing of dilute aqueous waste.

                   6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     The  nitrochlorobenzenes are expected to appear primarily as dilute
organic waste and  to  a much lesser degree as dilute aqueous waste and
concentrated waste.   Processes for handling the disposal of these wastes
will be located at manufacturing sites and/or industrial disposal facilities
and represent common  industrial technology.  Therefore, these compounds
are not judged to  be  candidate  waste stream constituents for National
Disposal  Sites.
                                    156

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES
0278. Code of Federal  Regulations,  Department of Transportation.   Title 49,
        Parts 71-90.   Washington,  Superintendent of Documents,  U.  S.
        Government Printing Office, 1967.   794 p.

0766. Sax, N. I.   Dangerous properties  of industrial  materials.   3d ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Company, 1968.   1,251  p.

1432. Personal communication.   H.  W.  Larson,  E.  I.  du Pont  de Nemours  and
        Company,  to W. P.  Kendrick, May 17, 1972.

1492. Merck and Company, Inc.   The Merck index of chemicals  and drugs.
        Rahway, New Jersey, 1960.   1,643 p.

1570. Chemical Rubber Company.   Handbook of chemistry and physics.  47th ed.
        Cleveland, Chemical Rubber Company, 1966.   1,500 p.

1655. Fieser, L.  F., and M. Fieser.  Organic chemistry.   3d ed.   Boston,
        D. C. Heath and Company, 1956.   p. 574-575.

1718. United States Tariff Commission.   Synthetic organic chemicals.
        U. S. production and sales, 1970.   TC Publication 479.   Washington,
        U. S. Government Printing Office,  1972.   262 p.
                                   157

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name  m-nitrochlorobenzene (302)
                                M)                            Structural  Formula
IUC Name  1 -chloro-3-nitrobenzene
Common Names  m-chloronitrobenzene
                                  (1)
C6H4C1N02
Molecular Wt.1' ]57.56	    Melting PtP 44 C	   Boiling Pt. 235-6
Density (Condensed)   1.534      @ 20/4  (r	Density (gas)	&  ,__	
Vapor Pressure (recommended  55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point	         Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper_

Solubility
    Cold Water   Inso1ubl£  '	  Hot Water	Ethanol Slightly solubll1
    Others:^'Soluble  in  ether  benzene   CSp  chloroform  acetic acid
Acid, Base Properties	.	
Highly Reactive with  Can  react with oxidizing materials
Compatible with   Glass, metals, earthenware '
Shipped in_
ICC Classification  Poison B3  	  Coast Guard  Classification	•
                /4\
Comments Mfg. by.    E.  j. du Pont. HP Npmnnr<: and rxnpany incorporatfld'  UnivarEal Oil Product^
References  (1)   1570     (4)  1718
            (2)   0766
          .  (3)   0278
                                          158

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name  p-nitrochlorobenzene  (302)
                                ,  .                             Structural Formula
IUC Name  l-chloro-4-nitrobenzene  '
Common Names  p-chloronitrobenzene  '
                                                           C6H4C1N02
Molecular WtP ) 157.56	    Melting Ptft 83 C	    Boiling
Density (Condensed) 1.520	Density (gas)	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 0
Flash Point   127  C                Autoignition  Temp._
Flammabilicy Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper_
Solubil ity
    Cold Water  Insoluble^1 '	  Hot Water	   Ethanol Slightly soluble '
    Others:      Soluble  in ether  , CS?
Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with  Glass, metals, earthenware3
Shipped in	
                              (3)
ICC Classification  Poison B	 Coast Guard Classification
                 (41
Comments  Mfg. by-   American Aniline Products Incorporated; Monsanto Company.
References (1)  1570  (4)  1718
           (2)  0766
           (3)  Q278
                                         159

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT
                            ON NITROPARAFFINS

         Nitroethane (303).  Nitromethane (308). 1-Nitropropane (311)
                                1 .  GENERAL

                               Introduction

     The nitroparaffins treated in this report have all been selected as
probable candidate waste stream constituents for industrial  disposal.  These
materials are similar in that they are commodity chemicals made by the same
process with relatively low toxicity, well-defined and safe methods of
industrial handling and common methods of disposal.  The nitroparaffins
are, therefore, discussed as a class in this report.

                         Manufacture and Use1 433 ' ] 501
     The major method of manufacture of nitroparaffins is by the reaction
of propane with nitric acid in the molar ratio of 1 to 5 at 390 to 400 C and
100 to 125 psi.  All four lower nitroparaffins are produced by varying the
conditions and the relative amounts can be adjusted somewhat to meet
market demands.
                      HN03 - * CH3N02( 10-30%) + C2H5N0

                           + [CH3-CH(N02)-CH3 + CH3-CH2-CH2-N02] (55-65%)
     The nitroparaffins are used as intermediates in the production of
nitro alcohols, alkanol amines, polynitro compounds, and hydroxylamine
and its salts.  Other major uses are as cosol vents for polymers,  extraction
or partition sol vents, react ion media,  recrystallization sol vents  and other
minor solvent uses.  Smaller amounts of nitroparaffins are used in high
explosives, as special purpose additives in gasoline and diesel fuels.and
as a stabilizer for halogenated alkanes.
                                  161

-------
                        Physical and Chemical Properties

     The physical and chemical properties discussed in this  report  are  in-
cluded in the attached worksheets.

                            2.  TOXICOLOGY0766'1433

     The nitroparaffins are classified by most toxicologists as  slightly
toxic in marked contrast to the aromatic nitrocompounds.   The chief indus-
trial hazard is by inhalation.  High concentrations of nitroparaffin vapors
produce a mild irritation of the respiratory tract and early symptoms of
intoxication such as headache or nausea, which disappear promptly when  ex-
posure is reduced.  Large doses may cause methemoglobinemia, cyanosis and
injury to the liver and kidneys.  Repeated skin contact does not cause
allergies or other adverse physiological effects.

     The Threshold Limit Values (TLV) and Maximum Allowable  Concentrations
are listed below.  The values for the nitropropanes are thought  to  be very
             1433
conservative.

                                    TVL                    MAC
    nitroparaffins               ppm  mg/M3                ppm
    Nitromethane                 100    250                100
    Nitroethane                  100    310                100
    1-Nitropropane                25     90
    2-Nitropropane                25     90


                     3.  OTHER HAZARDS0766'1433'1569

     The mononitroparaffins are relatively stable, but impact under confined
conditions can cause explosion of nitromethane.  A combination of high
temperature and pressure can cause nitromethane to act as a monopropellant.
Alkaline solutions of the nitroparaffins should not be reduced to dryness
since the metal salts are explosive.
                                   162

-------
                 4.  DEFINITION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                     Handling. Storage and Transportation

     The nitroparaffins are toxic to a certain extent by inhalation and,
for this reason, should be handled in a well-ventilated area.  Respirators
are recomended when necessary.  Although accidental contact is not dangerous
to the skin, good technique requires that it be kept .to a minimum.    '

     Commercial-grade nitroparaffins are shipped and stored in ordinary
carbon steel.  However, wet nitroparaffins containing more than 0.1 to 0.2
percent water may become discolored when stored in steel for long periods,
even though  corrosion of the steel is not excessive.  Aluminum and stain-
less steel are completely resistant to corrosion by wet nitroparaffins.

     Storage of nitroparaffins in contact with lead or copper or alloys con-
taining these metals should be avoided.  Polymeric materials for gaskets,
hoses, etc.,' should be tested for their suitability before exposure to
nitroparaffins.

     The commercial nitroparaffins have flash points greater than 100 F and
hence do not require a U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) red label. The
ignition temperatures of the lower homologs are relatively high for organic
solvents.  When ignited, nitromethane burns with a lazy flame, which often
dies out spontaneously, and in any case is readily extinguished with water
which floats on the heavier nitromethane.  The nitropropanes burn more
vigorously, but less so than gasoline.

     Since nitromethane can explode under conditions of heat, shock and
pressure,  it preferably should be stored in the 55-gal. drums in which it
is shipped.  These containers  are of lightweight  construction so that
there is little possibility that they might develop sufficiently high
internal pressure either to ignite the nitromethane or to allow it to
burn as  a  monopropellant.   Bulk-storage tanks  should be isolated, buried,
or barricaded to protect them from projectile  impacts should an
                                  163

-------
explosion occur in nearby equipment or facilities.   With the exception
of nitomethane, there are no restrictions on shipment or storage of
the lower mononitroparaffins.  Nitroethane or the nitropropanes  in
unconfined quantities have not been exploded by heat and/or shock applied
under extreme test conditions.


                               Disposal/Reuse
     Commercial manufacturers who use nitroparaffins as chemical     ../'
intermediates, generally reuse all unreacted materials.  Manufacturers  who
use nitroparaffins in various solvents recycle them indefinitely.  When
used in explosives or as a fuel, they are completely combusted.

     Recommended  provisional  limits for the nitroparaffins discussed in this
report  are listed below.
 Contaminant
     in Air
 Nitromethane
 Nitroethane
 1-Nitropropane
 2-Nitropropane
Provisional  Limit
 ppm	mg/M3
1.0
1.0
0.25
0.25
2.5
3.1
0.90
0.90
  Basis for
Recommendation
  0.01  TLV
  0.01  TLV
  0.01  TLV
  0.01  TLV
  Contaminant  in
  Mater  and  Soil
  Nitromethane

  Nitroethane

  1-Nitropropane

  2-Nitropropane
Provisional  Limit
 ppm  or   mg/1
     12.5

     15.5

      4.5

      4.5
  Basis for
Recommendation
Stokinger and
Woodward Method
Stokinger and
Woodward Method
Stokinger and
Woodward Method
Stokinger and
Woodward Method
                                  164

-------
                5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                          Option No.  1  - Recycling

    Presently, manufacturers who use  nitroparaffins as  solvents  or chemical
intermediates recycle all  possible material.   This is the method of choice.

                         Option No. 2 - Incineration
    Unusable nitroparaffins that are unfit for recyling can  be incinerated.
    incineration of large quantities
by catalytic or scrubbing processes.
The incineration of large quantities of material  may require  NO  removal
                                                               A
                6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

    The wastes generated by the industries that use nitroparaffins  can  be
handled on site by recyling and common incineration methods.   They  should
not be considered as candidate waste constituents  requiring National  Dis-
posal  Site treatment.
                                  165

-------
                             7.  REFERENCES

0766.  Sax. I.R., Dangerous properties of industrial  materials,  Sd.ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Corporation, 1968.  1,251  p.

1433.  Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical tecthnology.  3d ed.  22  V.
        New York, Interscience Publishers, 1966.

1492-  The Merck index of chemicals and drugs.  7th ed.  Rahway,
        New Jersey, Merck Company, Inc,, I960. 1,634 p.

1501.  Faith, W.L., D.B. Keyes, and R.L,. Clark. Industrial  Chemicals.
        3d ed. New York, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,  1965.  824 p.

1569.  Manual of hazardous chemical reactions.  Boston National  Fire
        Protection Association, 1971. 308 p.

1570.  Weast, R.C., ed. Handbook of chemistry and physics.   48th ed.
        Cleveland, Ohio, Chemical Rubber Company, 1969.  2,100 p.
                                    166

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name   Nitroethane
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name     nitroethane
Common Names
                                                              CH3-CH2-N02
Molecular Wt.   75.07	    Freezing Pt.    -90 C            Boiling Pt.  114.0

Density (Condensed)   1.052      & 20/20 C^1? Density (gas) 2.58^     @
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

     15.6  mm   @    20  C(1)

Flash Point     82  P               Autoignition Temp. 778 F

Flammability Limits Fin Air (wt %)    Lower 4.0%^2j _    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  it)      Lower 3.4%0) _ '   Upper_

SolubiT-ity
    Cold Water   4.5 g/ml(200)^2^	    Hot Water                      Ethanol   miscible^2^
    Others: miscible. methanol, ether;^ ' soluble, chloroform, alkaline aq.  solution.'2'

Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with_
Shipped in_
ICC Classification	;	  Coast Guard Classification_

Comments	:	
References  (1)   0766

            (2)   1492
                                          167

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Nitroparaffins  (309)
IUC Name	
Common Names  class  of  compounds including
              C-|-C3  compounds.
                            Structural  Formula
                           See 309a,  309b,  303, 311.
Molecular Wt.
Density (Condensed)
  Melting Pt.
          Density (gas)_
Boiling Pt..
   0
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 0
              0
Flash Point   103-120  F
                       (IT
Autoignition Temp._
Flammability Limits in Air (wt X)    Lower_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower
                          Upper_
                          Upper
Solubility
    Cold Water_
    Others:
    Hot Water
  Ethanol
Acid, Base Properties   slightly  acidic; salts of inorganic bases  may  be  explosive.
                                                                                  :D
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with_
Shipped in_
ICC Classification
              Coast  Guard Classification
Comments  the nitroparaffins  are  dangerous when heated in confined containers.
References  (1)   0766
                                           168

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name   Nitroparaffins  (309)
IUC Name 2-nitropropane
Common Names
                                                               Structural  Formula
                                                                N02
                                                            CH3-CH-CH3
Molecular Wt.    89.09
                                   Freezing  Pt.   -93 C
                                                       (I!
Density (Condensed)   0.992      @ 20/20
                                            Density  (gas)   3.06
       Boiling Pt.  120 C
                                                                                     (1)
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 0
     10 mm
              &  15.8 C
                         1)
Flash Point    103  F
                    (1)
                                  Autoignition Temp.  802 F
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)'    Lower	
                                     Lower
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)
       f
Solubility
    Cold Water  1.7  Ml/100 ml^2)
                                             2.6%
                                      Hot Water
Upper_
Upper_
    Others:  miscible with many organic solvents.  '
Acid, Base Properties	
         Ethanol   misciblp
                                                                                      (3)
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with
Shipped in
ICC Classification
Comments	
                                                Coast Guard Classification
References (1) 0766
           (2) 1492
           (3) 1570
                                          169

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. M. Name  Nltroparaffins  (309)
                                                               Structural  Formula
IUC Name    nitromethane
Common Names	nitrpcarbol
                                                             CH3-N02
Molecular Wt.    61.04	   Freezing Pt.   -29 C^'          Boiling Pt. 101
Density (Condensed) 1.130       @ 20/4 C^'   Density  (gas)  2.11	@	

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

                       1)
    27.8 mm   @   20 Cv
Flash Point   95 r]'              Autoignition  Temp.785  F^

Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lovyer	   Upper

Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower    7.3%	   Upper_

      *
Solubility
    Cold Water  9.10%^	  Hot Water	   Ethanol soluble^

    Others:  soluble - ether, dimethylformamaide.(^)

Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with
Shipped in_
ICC Classification 	      Coast Guard Classification
 Comments   Forms an explosive sodium salt which  bursts into flame on contact with
References  (1)   0766

            (2)   1492
                                           170

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. H. Name   1-Nitropropane  (311)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name    1-nltropropane
Common Names
                                                               CH3-CH2-CH,-N02
Molecular Wt.    89.09	  Freezing Pt.    -1Q8 C          Boiling Pt.   132

Density (Condensed) 1.003       @20/20 d1) Density (gas)  3.06   	@

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55°C and  20°Q

      7.5 mm   @  20 C^1 ^           	  @                                @
Flash Point   120 F^)             Autoignition Temp. 789 F^

Flammability Limits  in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper_
Explosive Limits in  Air (wt.  %)       Lower    2.6%	    Upper_

Solubility
    Cold Water  1.4 ml/100 ml         Hot Water  	   Ethanol

    Others:  miscible with many organic solvents^  '

Acid, Base Properties
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with
Shipped in_
ICC Classification	  Coast Guard Classification

Comments	
References (1)   0766

           (2)   1492

           (3)   1570
                                           171

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

                        AROMATIC NITRO COMPOUNDS
                4-Nitrophenol (310), 4-Nitrotoluene (312)

                               1.  GENERAL

                              Introduction

     The aromatic nitro compounds treated in this report have been selected
as probable candidate waste stream constituents for industrial disposal.
The materials are similar in that they are commodity chemicals with similar
toxicity, well-defined methods of industrial handling and common methods
of disposal.  These compounds are, therefore, discussed as a class in this
report.

                                            1433
                         Manufacture and Use

     The aromatic nitrophenols can be made by both direct and indirect
routes.  However, phenol because of its hydroxyl group is both readily
nitrated and oxidized making a nitration by the conventional nitric acid
route uneconomical.  Consequently, commercial routes utilize indirect two-
step procedures.  The preferred technique is the hydrolysis of the cor-
responding nitrochlorobenzene with 15 percent sodium hydroxide at 160 C.

     The nitrophenols are used as intermediates in the preparation of
dyestuffs, plant sprays (parathion), aminophenols and photochemicals.

     The nitrotoluenes are manufactured by the direct nitration of toluene
in either batch (liquid phase) or continuous (gas phase) processes.  Care
must be used to prevent an accumulation of excess nitric acid as this will
oxidize toluene reducing the yield and at the same time producing explosive
tetranitromethane.   A typical product mixture contains 62 to 63 percent
                                 173

-------
o-nitrotoluene, 3 to 4 percent m-nitrotoluene and 33 to 34 percent  p-nitro-
toluene.  The reaction product is washed free of acid and distilled into
ortho-, meta-, and para-rich fractions.

     The nitrotoluenes are used principally in the synthesis  of dyes  such
as new magenta and turquois blue.

                    Physical and Chemical Properties

     The physical and chemical properties of the compounds discussed in
this report are included in the attached worksheets.

                      2.  TOXICOLOGY0766'1433'1492

     As a class, the nitrophenols are very toxic compounds not only when
ingested but also when inhaled or absorbed through the skin.   The charac-
teristic effects of poisoning are an enhancement of metabolism with a rise
in body temperature, headache, heavy sweating, thirst, fatigue and just
before death a sudden rise in body temperature.  Chronic exposure is often
characterized by hyperthermia, methemoglobinemia, depression, liver and
kidney damage, cataracts, eczema, inflammation of the lymphatic glands and
degeneration of the nails.  The para-isomer is the most toxic of the three
mononitrophenols.

     The toxic properties of the nitrotoluene are similar to those of
nitrobenzene but less pronounced.  Poisoning can occur by ingestion, in-
halation and skin absorption and is characterized by headaches, drowsiness,
nausea, vomiting and in severe repeated cases, methemoglobinemia with
cyanosis, liver injury and jaundice.

     The Threshold Limit Value (TLV) and Maximum Allowable Concentration
that have been established are:
     Substance                     TLV   -                      MAC-
     	                  ppm  mg/M                      mg/M
   p-nitrophenol                 —     —                        4
   p-nitrotoluene                5      30

                                  174

-------
                            3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     No special hazards other than those mentioned elsewhere in this  report
are connected with the manufacture and use of these compounds.0766'1433'1492'
1569
              4.   DEFINITION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                   Handling. Storage and Transportation    '

     The nitroaromatic hydrocarbons treated in this report are all  very
toxic by inhalation, ingestion or skin contact.  These materials should
only be handled in well-ventilated areas and protective clothing and res-
pirators are recommended where necessary.  The toxic nature of these com-
pounds is such that all unnecessary contact with these compounds should be
avoided.  In case of accidental contact, all contaminated clothing  should
be removed instantly and the skin washed thoroughly with soap and water.
Bicarbonate solutions will help in the removal of the nitrophenols.   A
change of clothing may be necessary after handling large amounts of these
compounds.0766'1433

     Storage should be in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area,  away from
acute fire hazards.

     These materials are shipped under a variety of U. S. Department of
Transportation (DOT), U. S. Coast Guard and International Air Transport
Association (IATA) regulations.  Since all the compounds treated in this
report have flash points above 100 C (212 F), none require DOT warning
labels for hazardous chemicals.  The primary danger in shipping is  due to
toxicity and information on safe handling and use of these compounds can
be found in the Chemical Data Sheets published by the Manufacturing Chemists
Association, standard reference sources, or manufacturers Technical  Data
Sheets.
                                  175

-------
                           Disposal/Reuse

     Recommended provisional  limits for the nitro compounds  discussed  in
this report are listed below.
                                $»
Contaminant and                                             Basis  for
  Environment              Provisional  Limits            Recommendation
                                         3
Nitrophenol in                 0.002 mg/M                Based on  similar
  ai r                                                    compounds
Nitrotpluene in           0.05 ppm (0.30 mg/M3)              0.01  TLV
  air
Nitrophenol in              0.010 ppm (mg/1)             Based on  similar
  water and soil                                         compounds
Nitrotoluene in              1.50 ppm (mg/1)             Stokinger and
  water and soil                                         Woodward  Method
     The manufacture of nitrophenols and nitrotoluenes produces a dilute
stream of waste water from a washing or precipitation step.   The streams
can be either acid or alkaline.  A small amount of distillation bottoms
is also produced.

     The Manufacturing Chemists Association Chemical Data Sheet SD-21  for
              2479
a nitrobenzene     suggests that small quantities can be disposed of by
open burning or as slurry by flushing down the sewer.  Disposal of larger
quantities by landfill in areas reserved for toxic wastes is suggested.

              5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

       Option No. 1 - Treatment of Waste Water to Reduce Biological
                       and Chemical Oxygen Demand

     The nitrophenols and nitrotoluenes are biodegradable to acclimated
activated sludges.  In addition, microorganisms are very sensitive to shock
by these compounds and release of abnormal amounts can cause failure of an
                                  176

-------
                                 1543 2479
activated sludge treatment plant.     '      For these reasons, it is rec-
ommended that waste streams be treated on site.  Discharge of partially
treated waste water should be done only with approval of the local  municipal
treatment plant and in a continuous, low level manner.

                    Option No. 2 - Incineration

     Contaminated material that cannot be reclaimed is best disposed of
by controlled incineration.  The toxic nature of these compounds requires
extreme care to maintain complete combustion at all times.  Incineration
of large quantities may require the use of scrubbers and/or thermal or
                 1435
catalytic devices     to control the level of effluent oxides of nitrogen.

   Option No. 3 - Flushing Small Quantities Down the Sewer as a Slurry

     This alternative is suggested by the Manufacturing Chemists Association
for nitrobenzene and would presumably also be applicable to the nitrotol-
      2479
uenes.      It should not be considered as a valid method of disposal  since
accumulation of nitrotoluene or nitrotoluene vapors in drains and/or sewers
could pose a serious hazard to unsuspecting personnel.  In addition, in-
sufficient dilution could cause damage to activated sludge sewage treatment
plants.

    Option No. 4 - Landfill of Large Quantities of Nitrotoluene at
                   Special Toxic Wastes Landfill Sites

     This method is suggested by the Manufacturing Chemists Association
for nitrobenzene and should also be applicable to the nitrotoluenes.
This method of disposal is not considered adequate unless the landfills
are of the California Class 1 type since these nitro compounds are toxic,
mobile and slightly volatile.  In addition, their solubility of 100 to 150
ppm in water presents a long-term potential hazard to underground water
supplies.
                                  177

-------
              6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Dilute aqueous wastes are best treated on site or in  conjunction  with
municipal sewage treatment systems by conventional  biological  treatments.
Unusable concentrated nitrotoluene and nitrophenol  materials  are  best  dis-
posed of by common industrial incineration techniques.   Therefore,  the
nitro compounds discussed in this report are not judged to be candidate
waste stream constituents requiring National Disposal Site treatment.
                                  178

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES
0766. Sax, N. I.  Dangerous properties of industrial  materials.   3d ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Company, 1968.   1,251  p.

1433. Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical technology.   2d ed.   22 v.  and
        suppl.  New York, Wiley-Interscience Publishers, 1963-1971.

1435. John Zink Company.  NO  destructor.  Bulletin No.  NO 1071m, Tulsa,
        John Zink Company.  T p.

1492. Merck and Company, Inc.  The Merck index of chemicals  and  drugs.
        Rahway, New Jersey, 1960.  1,643 p.

1543. Ludzack, F. J., and M. B. Ettinger.  Journal Water Pollution Control
        Federation. 32:1,173-1,200, 1960.

1569. Manual of hazardous chemical reactions.   Boston National  Fire
        Protection Association, 1971.  308 p.

2479. Nitrobenzene chemical safety data sheet SD-21,   Washington, 1956.
        16 p.
                                  179

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name  p-Nitrophenol (310)
            -                                                  Structural  Formula
IUC Name   4-nitrophenol
Common Names
Molecular Wt.    139.1	    Melting  Pt.   113-114 C        Boiling Pt. 279  C
Density (Condensed)   1.270      @ 120/4 C^1'  Density  (gas)	_@
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point 	         Autoignition  Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	   Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	   Upper_
So1ub111t-y      1.6 g/100 ml 25 C(4)              29 g/100 ml  90 C <4>               (
    Cold Water   Moderate!2) _  Hot Water  Very(3) _   Ethanol   Very
    Others: very, chloroform, ether; addition of base of carbonate to aqueous  solutions
            increases solubility (2)
Acid, Base Properties _ acidic. K  = 7x1Q-8 _
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with
Shipped in_
ICC Classification	  Coast Guard Classification_
Conmen ts	
References  (1) 0766  (4)  1433
            (2)  1492
            (3)  1570
                                           180

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name   p-Nitrotoluene  (312)
IUC Name      4-ni'trotoluene
Common Names    methyl  ni trobenzene
                                                               Structural  Formula
                 137.1
Molecular Wt.
Density (Condensed)   1.286
Melting Pt.   51.9 C
                                                      r(D
                                            Density  (gas)_
Boiling Pt.   238.3
   @
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20  C)
                         1)
       1  mm   @   53.7
Flash Point   223
                     '	;_         Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in  Air (wt %)     Lower	
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	
                                                            Upper_
                                                            Upper
Solubility
    Cold Water  very slightly
                             (2)
                                       Hot  Water
                                 Ethanol   soluble
                                                                                     (2)
    Others:   soluble,  benzene,  ether,  chloroform, acetone,
             carbon disulfide.(3)
Acid, Base Properties	
                                                          (2)
                                                             carbon tetrachloride,
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with
Shipped in	
       IATA:  Poison  B,  poison  label
ICC Classification	
Comments	
                                                Coast Guard Classification
References (1)  0766
           (2)  1492
           (3)  1570
                                            181

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

                            Oxalic Acid (317)

                               1.   GENERAL

     Oxalic acid is the first member of the homologous  series  of organic,
dicarboxylic acids.  It is widely  distributed  in plants,  particularly  in
those of the "Oxalis" and "Rumex"  families, where it occurs  in the  cell
                                     1492
sap as the potassium or calcium salt.       The acid is  commercially avail-
able as the dihydrate, an odorless, crystalline material  which is supplied
                                                              1433
in particle sizes ranging from fine powder to  coarse granular.       The
principal hazards associated with  the dihydrate and the less frequently en-
countered anhydrous acid and their solution? are a consequence of the
acidity of oxalic acid, its volatility and its ability  to form insoluble
salts.1492

     There are several synthetic routes for the preparation  of oxalic
acid,     but only two are in current use by the major, domestic
manufacturers.      The acid is manufactured by Allied  Chemical, by the
heating of sodium formate, in Buffalo, New York (capacity:   10 million
Ib/year), and Marcus Hook, Pennsylvania (capacity:  10  million Ib/year).
Pfizer, Inc. produces the material (capacity 12 million Ib/year) in Groton,
Connecticut as a by-product of the fermentation process used for the pro-
duction of citric acid.    '      Both manufacturing processes require
extensive reuse of reaction by-products and recrystallization  liquors  for
economi c
quality.
economic viability,     thus providing an impetus  for control  of effluent
     Oxalic acid is employed in a variety of applications by organizations
ranging in size from small to very large.1006,1492,1433,1567   Its  prin_
cipal uses and their approximate share of the market are:      textile
finishing, stripping and cleaning, 27 percent; metal and equipment  cleaning,
                                  183

-------
27 percent; chemicals, 25 percent; leather tanning, 2 percent;  other
(laundry, photography, etc.), 19 percent.   There is a gradual  trend  to
replace oxalic acid, in some of its applications., with more  innocuous,
materials.1567
     The physical/chemical properties of oxalic acid are summarized In  the
attached worksheet.

                           2.  TOXICOLOGY0766

     Acute oxalic poisoning results from ingestion of a solution of the
acid.  There is marked corrosion of the mouth, esophagus and stomach, with
symptoms of vomiting, burning abdominal pain, collapse and sometimes con-
vulsions.  Death may follow quickly.  The systemic effects are attributed
to the removal by oxalic acid of the calcium in the blood.  The renal  tu-
bules become obstructed by insoluble calcium oxalate, leading to massive
kidney failure.  Inhalation of the dust or vapor may cause symptoms of
irritation of the upper respiratory tract and gastrointestinal disturbances.

     ToxicologicalDevaluation indicates that the Threshold Limit Value  for
             3
man is 1 mg/M .  Toxicity data for species other than man are sparse,  but
                                                 1492
an oral LD in dogs of 1.0 g/kg has been reported.

                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Oxalic acid causes severe contact dermititus typical of strong organic
     .°766  This acidity is also likely ti
tions with concentrated basic substances.
acids.      This acidity is also likely to be manifest by exothermic reac-
     Explosive reactions have been reported for mixtures of oxalic acid
with sodium chlorite and sodium hypochlorite.      Since oxalic acid is
a reducing agent, care should be taken to preclude its contact with strong,
concentrated oxidizing agents.
                                   184

-------
               4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE  WASTE  MANAGEMENT

                  Handling,  Storage,  and Transportation

     Care should be taken to avoid inhalation  of oxalic  acid  dust or  pro-
longed skin contact with the acid.  Normal,  safe industrial practice  for
the handling of strong acids should provide  adequate  protection.

     Oxalic acid is usually  supplied as  the  dihydrate and packed in fiber
      1433
drums.      It is classed by the International Air Transport  Association
as Poison B, requiring a poison label  and  limited to  a maximum of 25  kg on
passenger flights and 95 kg  on cargo flights.

                             Disposal/Reuse

     Purification of oxalic  acid by recrystallization is a  normal part of
                         1433
the manufacturing process     and oxalic acid  users with the  required equip-
ment may employ this technique to recover  slightly contaminated material.

     An adequate process for the disposal  of oxalic acid must include two
important steps.  First, the waste must  be diluted with  water to lower the
concentration of oxalic acid to <10 percent  (will not cause death if
swallowed    ) to reduce danger of poisoning,  eliminate  dust  and provide a
heat-sink for the second required step;  neutralization with base.  Salt
formation by neutralization  eliminates the danger of  acid bums and reduces
the volatility of the material.  The particular  base  to  be  used in the
neutralization depends on the nature of the  final disposal  process (Section
5).

     Recommended provisional limits for oxalic acid in the  environment are
as follows:
                                 185

-------
Contaminant and                                               Basis  for
  Environment                Provisional Limits            Recommendation
Oxalic acid in                   0.01 mg/M3                   0.01 TLV
  ai r
Oxalic acid in                 0.05 ppm (mg/1)              Stokinger and
  water and soil                                           Woodward  Method
              5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     The preferred processing options for the disposal  of oxalic acid wastes
are briefly described in the following .paragraphs together with judgments  as
to their adequacy.

                       Option No. 1 - Incineration

     One common method for the disposal of industrial  oxalic acid waste  is
to neutralize it with limestone to form insoluble calcium oxalate which  is
then incinerated.      This is probably the best method for disposal  of
oxalic acid since the products of combustion are harmless carbon dioxide
and calcium oxide which can be recycled to neutralize more acid waste.
The efficient collection of calcium oxide requires either electrostatic
or wet collection equipment downstream of the incinerator.

     Combustion of oxalic acid without neutralization is not recommended
since toxic carbon monoxide and formic acid are among the materials pro-
duced.  In addition, there is the strong possibility of the release to the
atmosphere of some of the volatile oxalic acid.

                  Option No. 2 - Waste Water Treatment

     Effective disposal of oxalic acid by the activated sludge process has
              1 C A O
been reported.      This process is adequate for waste disposal but is
generally more expensive and difficult to operate than incineration (see
Waste Disposal Process Descriptions, Volumes III and IV).
                                   186

-------
     Other biological  treatments  such  as  aerated  lagooning are less accept-
able.  The soluble salts  (potassium or sodium  oxalate) that are required
for their efficient operation  introduce the  possibility  of drainage into
ground water.

     In view of the wide  range of size and sophistication of the industrial
organizations  using oxalic acid,     '     it would  not be surprising if
some small volume users discard their  waste  directly  into sewer systems and
streams.   Although not recommended, this  practice will not be harmful pro-
vided the quantity is  small  and well diluted since  oxalic acid in aqueous
solution  is decomposed by ultraviolet  radiation with  the liberation of
               1433
carbon dioxide.

                       Option  No.  3 -  Land Burial

     Many  users  of oxalic acid neutralize their waste streams  with  lime-
stone  and  bury the recovered  calcium oxalate in Class 2 landfill  or deep
wells.      These methods are  not  generally recommended because of  the
danger of  release of oxalic acid by the leaching action of acidic wastes.
Another  potential danger  lies  in inadvertent contact with strong oxidizing
agents in  the  burial area.  Disposal in California Class I-type landfills
is  adequate if strong  oxidizing agents are not present.

             6.  APPLICABILITY TO  NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Oxalic acid does  not appear to be a candidate waste stream constituent
for disposal at  National Disposal  Sites.  The hazards associated with
oxalic acid can  be alleviated  by the simple process of dilution and
neutralization and it  can then be  effectively and safely eliminated in
incinerators equipped  with particulate removal devices,  or buried in a
Clas 1 type landfill.
                                   187

-------
                             7.  REFERENCES
0766.. Sax, N. I.  Dangerous properties of industrial materials.  3d ed,.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Company, 1968.  1,251 p.

1433. Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemvcal technology.  2d ed.  22 v.. and
        suppl.  New York, Wiley-Interscience Publishers, 1963-1971.

1492. Merck and Company, Inc.  The Merck rndex of chemicals and drugs..
        Rahway, New Jersey, 1960.  1,643 p.

1506. 1968 Chemical profiles.  Schnell Publishing Company, Inc., New York.
        200 p.

1543.  Ludzack, F. J., and M. B.. Ettinger.  Chemical structures resistant
        to aerobic chemical stabilization.  Water Pollution Control
        Federation, 32(11) :1,173-1,200.. Nov. 1960.

1567. Personal  communication.  A. Thomas, Phizer  Inc., to H.  E. Green., TRW
        Systems, Apr. 20,  1972.

1569. National  Fire Protection Association.  Manual of hazardous chemical
        reactions 1971.  4th ed.  NFPA No. 491M.  Boston.  308 p.

1570. Chemical  Rubber Company.  Handbook of chemistry and physics.  47th ed.
        Cleveland, 1966.   1,500 p.
                                 188

-------
H. M. Name Oxalic Acid (317)
IUC Name Ethanedioic Acid
Common Names
Molecular Wt. 90.04^
Density (Condensed) 1.90 @
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C
0.92 mm @ 60 C^
Flash Point
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %)
Solubility, (4)
Cold Water 8.7 g/100 g @ 20
HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
WORKSHEET
C2H2°4
Structural Formula
H02C-C02H

n> n^Sub"
Melting Pt. 189.5 Cu/ Boiling Pt. 157 Cu; limes
17 /4 Cl density (gas) &
and 20 C)

-------
                              PROFILE  REPORT

                  Phosgene (Carbonyl Chloride) (329,101)

                                1.   GENERAL

     At ordinary temperatures and pressures,  phosgene is a colorless,  non-
flammable, highly-toxic gas with an odor like that of musty hay.   It  is
readily liquified to a colorless to light yellow liquid and is  shipped in
steel cylinders as a liquified gas under its  own vapor pressure (10.7  psig
at 70 F).   Phosgene is made by the addition  of chlorine to carbon  monoxide
in the presence of a catalyst, usually carbon granules.
                             CO + C12 •*  COC12
     Because much heat is evolved, the reaction is usually started  in  a water-
cooled reactor and then as the reaction nears completion,  the  temperature  is
 allowed  to  rise  slightly.      Phosgene is easily separated from the starting
 materials because  it  has  a much lower  vapor  pressure than either carbon mon-
 oxide  or chlorine.  The  unreacted  chlorine and carbon monoxide are recycled.

      Phosgene  is  used in  organic  synthesis in  the manufacture of dyes, phar-
 maceutical s, herbicides,  insecticides, synthetic  foams, polymers and as a
 chlorinating agent (acetyl chloride).      Any unreacted phosgene discharged
 from a reactor must be treated as  discussed  in Section 5.
      The  physical/chemical  properties for phosgene are summarized in the
 attached  worksheet.
                                  191

-------
                              2.   TOXICOLOGY

                              Human Toxicity

     Phosgene is a highly toxic gas, being over 10 times as toxic as  chlorine.
Serious symptoms may not develop until several hours after exposure.   The
immediate symptoms produced by a fatal dose may be relatively mild since
phosgene elicits no marked respiratory reflexes.  Phosgene is a lung  irritant
and causes severe damage to the alveoli of the lungs.  This is followed  by
pulmonary edema, resulting in asphyxiation.  Its effects are probably due
to hydrolysis and the formation of hydrochloric acid inside the body. The
most pronounced symptoms of phosgene poisoning are coughing with bloody
sputum and weakness which may last for months.
     The least detectable odor of phosgene is 5.6 ppm, the least concentration
that affects the throat is 3.1 ppm, the least concentration causing irritation
of the eyes is 4.0 ppm and the least concentration causing coughing is 4.8 ppm.
 A concentration of 200 to 500 ppm is lethal to most animals in a few minutes.
 The median lethal dosage for phosgene (U. S. Army symbol  - CG), expressed
 as a function of exposure time and CG concentration in air, is 3,200 mg -
      3 2442
 min/M .      The effects of phosgene are cumulative.  The maximum concen-
 tration to which animals can be exposed for several hours without serious
 symptoms is 0.1 ppm.  This is accepted as both the Maximum Allowable Con-
 centration (MAC) for 8-hr exposure, and the Threshold Limit Value (TLV).

                             3.  OTHER HAZARDS

      Phosgene does not create a fire or explosion hazard.  It is slightly
 soluble in water and slowly hydrolyzes to liberate hydrochloric acid.  When
 used in dry equipment with anhydrous reagents, it is not corrosive to ordi-
 nary metals.  In the presence of moisture, corrosion develops in most metals
 except monel and tantalum.  Glass equipment may also be used with moist
 phosgene.
                                   192

-------
               4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                  Handling, Transportation, and Storage

     Personnel handling and using phosgene must have available gas masks of
a design approved by the U. S. Bureau of Mines for phosgene service with
cannisters approved for use with phosgene.

     All equipment intended for use in phosgene service must be adequately
designed to withstand the-pressures to be encountered and be without any
leaks.

     Phosgene is classified by the Department of Transportation (DOT) and
the U. S. Coast Guard as a Class A poison and is shipped under the "Poison
Gas" label in steel cylinders up to one ton in size without safety devices.
These containers are usually used only for the storage of phosgene and
must be stored away from sources of heat to prevent dangerous hydrostatic
pressures from developing in the cylinder.

                             Disposal/Reuse

     Phosgene waste is almost always in the form of a dilute gaseous vent
stream  contaminant, when discharged from the  containers or from the  reactors
in which  it  is used as a reagent.  Recovery and reuse of this vented phos-
gene  is  generally  economically  impractical.   The discharged phosgene must
be treated by the  methods  described below.  Safe disposal of phosgene is
defined  in terms of the recommended provisional limits for the atmosphere,
and for water and  soil environments.  These recommended provisional  limits
are as  follows:
                                                              Basis for
Contaminant in Air           Provisional  Limit             Recommendation
     Phosgene                   0.004 mg/M3                   0.01 TLV
  Contaminant in                                               Basis
  Water  and Soil              Provisional  Limit             Recommendation
     Phosgene                   0.02 mg/1                   Stokinger and
                                                           Woodward Method
                                 193

-------
Contaminated tank car lots of phosgene should, if safe for transportation,
be returned to the manufacturer for reprocess and recovery.

              5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     The processing options for the disposal of phosgene in  the gaseous
state are briefly described in the following paragraphs, together with;
recommendations as to adequacy.  The Manufacturing Chemist Association
does not publish a recommended method for phosgene disposal, but instead
recommends that any unused material be returned to the vendor.
                                                  0
                  Option No. 1 - Scrubbing With Caustic

     Phosgene has been treated by discharging the gas into a scrubbing
tower containing 5 percent sodium hydroxide solutions.      However, a
discussion with a manufacturer of phosgene     indicated that a packed
column containing a solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or
ammonia is required.  The contact time in the column must be rather lon-g.
With adequate attention to dilution (high stacks, forced air, etc.),
packed bed scrubbers and towers have been used.  Because of the extremely
toxic character of phosgene, the existing engineering data is not sufficient
to enable design of scrubbing systems with the required safety.  It is
recommended that additional data be generated to enable design of safe
disposal systems for phosgene.

                  Option No. 2 - Reaction With Alcohols

     Phosgene roacts with alcohols  to yield first chloroformates  and then
carbonates.   The carbonates have a market for the manufacture of polymers.
This method,  if properly performed, allows nearly complete removal  of
phosgene from a gas stream.  However, again adequate details are lacking
to enable design of safe systems.   Additional work is required to obtain
the engineering data necessary to assure complete removal  of phosgene.
                                   194

-------
             Option No. 3 - Elevated Temperature Hydrolysis
                     With Steam and Na0COo Scrubbing
                         '  *      •     £  «3

     A suggested approach, is reaction with steam at moderately elevated
 temperatures to yield  C02 and HC19 followed by sodium carbonate solution
 scrubbing to remove the HC1.  The reactions are as follows:
                   COC12 + H20  4  C02 + 2 HC1

                2 HC1 + Na2C03  +  2 NaCl(aq)+ HgO + C02*

The engineering parameters necessary for design of the hydrolysis system
are not available in the literature.   The engineering parameters required
for design of the HC1 scrubbing system are available.

     No data is currently available on the COC12 content of waste streams
discharged from the currently used versions of the above three disposal
options.  Based on engineering principles, the elevated temperature reaction
with steam followed by sodium carbonate solution is the preferred option,
the reaction with alkali solution in a packed tower is second in preference,
and the reaction with alcohol third in order of preference.

              6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     It is anticipated that phosgene wastes generated in chemical processes
and either excess phosgene or small quantities left in returned cylinders
can be handled best at the source of the wastes rather than at a National
Disposal Site.  However, the necessary design parameters for the disposal
method described in Section 5 are lacking.  We recommend that a "proof of
concept" experiment be performed, and that the necessary engineering data
be obtained experimentally.

     The "proof of concept" experiments would consist of the reaction of
dilute phosgene-airstreams with steam in a carbon-packed, jacketed glass
                                 195

-------
column at various flow rates, initial phosgene  concentrations  and  temperatures,
The data obtained by analysis of the effluents  would be  used in  conjunction
with thermodynamic data from the literature to  derive the  equilibrium
constants, reaction rate constants, and other engineering  parameters needed
for safe system design.
                                   196

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES


1141. Manufacturing Chemists Association.   Laboratory  waste  disposal  manual.
        2d ed.   Manufacturing Chemists  Association,  Sept.  1969.   14  p.

1301. Matheson  Company, Inc.  Matheson  gas  data book.   4th ed.   East
        Rutherford, New Jersey,  1966.   500  p.

1487. Personal  communication.  Mr.  Huff,  Chemetron  Corporation,  to J.  R.
        Denson, TRW Systems, Mar.  27,  1972.

2442. Department of the Army and Air Force.   Military  chemistry  and  chemical
        agents.  TM-3-215, AFM-355-7.   Washington,  Dec.  1963.  101 p.
                                    197

-------
                                    HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                           WORKSHEET

i
  H.  H..Name  Phosgene (101)
                                                                 Structural Formula
  IUC Name    Phosgene	
  Common Names   Carbonyl Chloride
                                                                 COC1
2
  Molecular Wt.    98.93	   Melting Pt.    -127.85  C        Boiling Pt7.56 C

  Density (Condensed)   1.417g/cc  @ 0   ' C	Density  (aas)  3.4	@   20    _C	

  Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20  C)

    1.08 atm    @     10     C          1.55 atm?    20        C      	3.99 atm @     50
  Flash Point       	         Autoignition Temp.   -

  Flammability Limits  in Air (wt %)     Lower	-	    Upper	-	

  Explosive Limits in  Air (wt.  %)       Lower	-	    Upper	-	


  Solubility

      Cold Water   Slightly (hydrolyzes) Hot Water   hydrolyzes	   Ethanol    reacts
      Others:   Soluble in benzene

1 Acid, Base Properties      Hydrolyzes in  H,0 to give HC1	
  Highly Reactive with    Alcohols, amines
  Compatible with   In anhydrous form,  compatible with most metals
  Shipped in  steel  cylinders,  special, one ton cylinders
  ICC Classification     C1ass  fl poison	 Coast Guard Classification  Class A poison

  Commen ts	
  References (1)
                                               198

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

                     Polychlorinated Biphenyls  (507)

                               1.   GENERAL

     Polychlorinated biphenyl  and  polychlorinated polyphenyls  range in  form
and appearance from mobile oily liquids  to fine white crystals  and hard
transparent resins.  They are non-oxidizing,  permanently thermoplastic, of
                                            1727
low volatility, and non-corrosive  to metals.

     Aroclor is the registered trademark of Monsanto  Company,  the sole  sup-
                                                                         1726
plier and manufacturer of polychlorinated biphenyls i.n the United States.
These materials are obtained when  benzene is  heated to between  700 and
800 C and the vapor passed through molten lead  or hot tubes to  form bi- and
terphenyls.  The bi- and terphenyls are  then  halogenated to form the
Aroclors.1316

     Polychlorinated biphenyls were produced  by Swan  Chemical  Company in
1929 in response to the electrical industry's need for an explosion proof
insulating fluid for transformers.  Monsanto  acquired Swan in  the early
thirties and in the same period new applications opened up for  polychlori-
nated biphenyls as industrial  heat-transfer media.  Monsanto promoted the
use of these materials in the 1960's for sealants, chlorinated  rubber,
                                         1726
adhesive, printing inks and insecticides.      These  materials  have also
been used as a component or extender in  elastomers, paints, lacquers,
                              1727
varnishes, pigments and waxes.

     The polychlorinated biphenyls have  come  under heavy attack from environ-
mental groups and in Congress from Representative William Ryan  (Dem., New
York) because of their similarity  to DDT in their effect on eggs and animal
life.  As a consequence of this adverse  environmental impact,  Monsanto  is
now limiting the sale of polychlorinated biphenyls to applications involving
                                 199

-------
completely closed systems.  In effect, insulation of electrical  equipment
is the only domestic market now permitted for these materials.   Monsanto is
refunding full payment for unopened drums of material and paying freight
costs for the return of opened drums of material to be destroyed in the
incinerator at the company's Sauget, Illinois plant.

     General  physical  properties  of the Aroclor chlorinated  compounds  are
found in the  attached worksheets.

                              2.   TOXICOLOGY

     At ordinary temperatures the polychlorinated polyphenyls have  not pre-
sented industrial toxicological  problems.  The hazard of potential  toxic
exposure increases with increased volatility.   Thus, the Aroclors with a
lower level  of chlorine substitution  present more of a  potential problem
from the standpoint of inhalation  even though  they may be less inherently
toxic than their more highly substituted homologues.

     The chlorinated diphenyls have two distinct actions on  the  body,  namely,
a skin effect and a toxic action on the liver.  The lesion produced in the
liver is an acute yellow atrophy.   This hepato-toxic action  of the  chlorinated
diphenyls appears to be increased if there is exposure to carbon tetrachloride
at the same time.  The higher the chlorine content of the diphenyl  compound,
the more toxic is it liable to be.  Oxides of chlorinated diphenyls are more
toxic than the unoxidized materials.

     The skin lesion is known as chloracne, and initially consists  of  small
pimples and dark pigmentation of the exposed areas.  Later,  comedones  and
pustules develop.  In persons who have suffered systemic intoxication  the
usual signs and symtoms are nausea, vomiting, loss of weight,  jaundice,
edema and abdominal pain.  Where the liver damage has been severe,  the
patient may pass into coma and die.

     Inhalation  tests on animals  indicate that the maximum safe concentra-
tion of vapor is in the range of 0.5 to  1.0 milligrams per cubic meter of
                                   200

-------
 air for the lower chlorinated Aroclor compounds.   The Threshold Limit Value
 (TLV) (maximum allowable concentration for an 8-hr working day) set by the
 American Conference of Government Hygienists  are  1.0  milligram of the lower-
 chlorinated Aroclor compounds per cubic meter of  air  and 0.5  milligrams  per
 cubic meter of air for the more highly chlorinated compounds  such as
 Aroclor 1254.

                             3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     There is only a slight fire hazard when chlorinated  diphenyls are ex-
posed to heat or flame.      The  viscous polyphenyl  liquids and resins  will
not support combustion when heated alone, and  they  impart fire-reistance  to
other materials.  Continuous repeated skin contact  with polychlorinated
polyphenyls must be avoided because of the possible occurrence of
chlorance.   Although reports of this condition caused by these
                                                                 I 7O7
materials are rare, it can be produced by excessive skin  contact.

                4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                   Handling, Storage, and Transportation

      The polychlorinated polyphenyls are compatible with most metals  from
 room temperature to 125 C.  Organic resins show less  resistance and detailed
                                                           1727
 information on this subject has been supplied by  Monsanto.      Liquid poly-
 chlorinated polyphenyls are shipped in steel  drums, cans and  tank cars.
 Solid materials are generally shipped in steel drums, fiber drums and
      I 797
 bags.      Freight and rail classification for these  materials is NOIBN
 (not otherwise indexed by name).  Truck classification is NOI (not otherwise
 indexed).

      Safety in the handling and use of polychlorinated biphenyls required
 that exposure to the liquids and their vapors be  minimized.   Workmen  must
 be supplied with proper protective clothing and ventilating systems must be
 designed and maintained to provide work areas with vapor concentrations  be-
 low the limits  mentioned in Section 2.
                                  201

-------
                                          1727
                            Disposal/Reuse

     Monsanto1s polychlorinated biphenyl manufacturing operations have ex-
perienced a tightening of standards on handling these materials.   To prevent
water contamination, there is none of the hosing down found in most chemical
plants.  Other measures include complete monitoring of all  vents  and traps
for leaks at all sample points.  All tanks are closed and all  of  the air
and gas that escapes the plant is passed through a Brink mist  eliminator.
In addition, process temperatures have been lowered to prevent vaporization.

     Clothing is provided for all workers, and after the clothes  are cleaned
all the cleaning fluid is collected for destruction by incineration.  The
incinerator operates at a temperature of 3,000 F.  Hydrochloric acid evo-
lution is prevented by use of a water scrubber and by neutralization of the
resulting fluid.  Recommended provisional limits for polychlorinated poly-
phenyl to the environment are as follows:
                                                                        >
                 1
Contaminant and                                               Basis for
  Environment                 Provisional Limit            Recommendation
Lower Chlorinated                0.01 mg/M3                    .01 TLV
  Aroclors in Air
Higher Chlorinated               0.005 mg/M3,                  .01 TLV
  Aroclors in Air
Lower Chlorinated              0.05 ppm (mg/1)             Stokinger and
  Aroclors in Water                                        Woodward Method
    and Soil
Higher Chlorinated             0.025 ppm (mg/1)            Stokinger and
  Aroclors in Water                                        Woodward Method
    and Soil

              5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Polychlorinated polyphenyls  are expected to appear as concentrated
                                                        17?fi
and dilute organic wastes as solids, liquids and vapors.      The processing
options are briefly described  in  the following paragraphs together with re-
commendations as to their adequacy.
                                  202

-------
                 Concentrated Polychlorinated Biphenyls

     Contaminated polychlorinated biphenyls are reprocessed by Monsanto by
                                                      1 "
passing the material through a series  of clay filters.       Concentrated
materials that cannot be reprocessed in this manner are  incinerated at
3,000 F and the effluent gas scrubbed  to remove any chlorine containing
products.      These are adequate means of disposal/reuse.

              Dilute Solid Polychlorinated Biphenyl Hastes

     Materials containing polychlorinated biphenyls such as plastics are
placed in incinerators at relatively low temperatures for disposal.  The
polychlorinated biphenyls are not destroyed in this process and may be
emitted to the atmosphere.  High temperature (3,000 F)  incinerators with
effluent gas scrubbers (see section on concentrated polychlorinated bi-
phenyls) are also used.  The high temperature incinerators  are adequate
for the disposal of these materials.  The low temperature incinerators
are not recommended because of incomplete destruction of the polychlorinated
biphenyls.

          Dilute Liquid Organic Polychlorinated Biphenyl Wastes

     Cleaning fluids used to clean work clothes are incinerated as described
in the section on concentrated polychlorinated biphenyls.  Tars and/or bot-
toms containing these materials should be disposed of in a similar manner.

             Dilute Aqueous Polychlorinated Biphenyl Wastes.

     Although dilute aqueous wastes have not been identified with poly-
chlorinated biphenyl manufacture, it is recommended that any such waste be
concentrated and incinerated as described in the section on concentrated
polychlorinated biphenyls.
                                   203

-------
              Dilute Vapor Polychlorinated Biphenyl  Wastes

     All of the air and gas that escapes the Monsanto plant is passed
                                I ~]OC
through a Brink mist eliminator.      This is an adequate means of control
provided federal, state and local emission standards are not exceeded.

              6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Polychlorinated biphenyl wastes are expected to appear in both concen-
trated and dilute forms.  Adequate means of handling the disposal of these
wastes are located at industrial disposal facilities and represent common
industrial technology.  Users are encouraged by the manufacturer to return
concentrated waste for disposal (see Section 1).  Dilute wastes should be
treated as discussed in Section 5.  These materials are not judged to be
candidate waste stream constituents for National Disposal Sites.
                                 204

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES
0766. Sax, N.  I.   Dangerous  properties  of industrial  materials.   3d ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Company,  1968.   1,251  p.
1316. Noller,  C.  R.   Chemistry of organic compounds.   2d  ed.   Philadelphia,
        W. B.  Saunders Company,  1957.  978 p.
1660. Hot option  for disposal of hydrocarbon wastes.   Chemical Week.
        110(16):37-38, Apr.  1972.
1726. Pollution cops lot not 'appy.   Chemical Week,  108(16) :19-20, Apr.  1971
1727. Monsanto.  The Aroclor polychlorinated polyphenyls.  Technical
        Bulletin  No. .O-FF/1.  St. Louis, Missouri.   24 p.
                                   205

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. M. Name  Polychlorinated  biphenyls (507)
                                                               Structural  Formula
IUC. Name 	

Common Names  Polychloginated  polyphenyls	
              Aroclor    T221
Molecular Wt. 	   Pour Pt.      Crystals   1 C  Distillation Range 275-320 C

Density (Condensed) 1.182-1.192  @	25/15.5 C          ,	   @	

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point  141-150  C               Fire Point.  176 C Cleveland Open Cup
           Cleveland  Open  Cup
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper	

Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper	
Solubility
    Cold Water   Insoluble	  Hot Water	   Ethanol

    Others:   Soluble in  most  common  solvents

Acid, Base Properties  Acidity-maximum  (mgm. KOH/   gm.)  0.014 	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with  A variety  of  solvents,  oils and resins, most metals
Shipped in  Tank  car,  steel  drum,  50-1b  can.
ICC Classification   NOIBN	  Coast Guard Classification_

Corranents   Mfg:  Monsanto.   Material  is  a colorless mobile oil	
References  (1)   1727
                                            206

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name Polychlorinated  biphenyls (507)

IUC Name 	

Common Names  Polychlflrinated  Polyphenyls
              Aroclor    '
                                                               Structural Formula
Molecular Wt.
                                     Pour Pt.
                                                    _-35.5 C
  .Distillation  Range  290-325  C
Density (Condensed) 1.270-1.280  @ 25/15.5 C   Density (gas)_

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

                37.8 C                         @
5 x 10"3 mm
Flash Point  152-154 C
           Open  Cleveland  Cup
FlammabilHy Limits in Air (wt %)

Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)
                                   Fire  Pt.  238  C  Cleveland Open Cup

                                     Lower	    Upper
                                     Lower
Upper
                                       Hot  Water
Solubility
    Cold Water  Insoluble	           	

    Others:   Soluble in most common  solvents

Acid, Base Properties Acidity-maximum (Mqm.  KOH/qm.) 0.014
         Ethanol
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with A variety of  solvents, oils and resins, most metals
Shipped in  Tank  car,  550-lb  steel drum, 50-lb can.
ICC Classification
                                                 Coast  Guard Classification
Comments   Mfg:   Monsanto.  Material is practically colorless mobile oil
References (1)  1727
                                           207

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. H. Name  Polychlorinated Biphenyls (507)
                                                               Structural  Formula
IUC Name 	

Common Names  Polychlorinated  Polyphenyls	
              Aroclor  1248
Molecular Wt. 	    Pour  Pt.  -7C      Distillation Range: 340-375 C

Density (Condensed) 1.405-1.415  & 65/15.5  C   Density (gas)	@	

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

3.3 mm	@ 150 C             ^3.7  x IP"4 & 37.8 C            	@
Flash Point  193-196 C             Fire  Pt.   None     	
            Cleveland Open Cup
Flammabiljty Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper_

Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper_


Solubility
    Cold Water  Insoluble	  Hot Water	  Ethanol_

    Others:    Soluble in  most  common  sol vents

Acid, Base Properties  Acidity-maximum  (Mgm. KOH/Gm.) 0.010	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with  A variety  of  solvents,  oils  and  resins, most metals
Shipped in   Tank  car,  600-lb  steel  drum,  50-lb. can
ICC Classification   NOIBN	  Coast  Guard  Classification	

           Mfg:   Monsanto.   Material  i<;  mlnrlp<:<: tr> light yellow-grean, clear mobile oil
References (1)  1727
                                           208

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET



H. M. Name  Polvchlorinated Biphenyls (507)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name 	


Common Names  Polvchlorinated Polyphenyls	
              Aroclor*  1242
Molecular Wt. 	    p0ur Pt. -19_C	QisiUlatinn Ranns 3?5-3fifi r

Density (Condensed) \ .381-1.392  @ 25/15.5 C   Density  (gas)	@	

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

 4.3	@  150  C            1  x 1Q"3 mm  9  37.8 r.           	_@	
Flash Point  176-180  C        -     Fire Pt. None     	
           Cleveland  Open Cup
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper_

Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper
Solubility
    Cold Water   Insoluble	  Hot Water	  Ethanol_

    Others:  Soluble in most common solvents

Acid, Base Properties  Acidity- maximum (Mgm. KOH/am.) 0.010	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with A variety of solvents, oils and resins, most metals
Shipped in Tank car, 600-lb steel drums. 50-lb can.
ICC Classification  NOIBN	  Coast Guard Classification

          Mf9-  Monsanto.  Material is practically colorless  mobile oil
References (1)  1727
                                          209

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. M. Name Polvchlorinated Riphenyls (507^
                                                               Structural  Formula
IUC Name 	

Common Names  Polvchlprinated Polvphenvls	.
              Aroclor" 1254
Molecular Wt. 	     Pour Pt.  10  C     Distillation Range: 365-.390 C
Density (Condensed) i .495-1.505 @ 65/15.5 C  Density (gas)	@	

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

LJ	@ 150 C           %6 x IP'5 mm   9 37.8  C           	   @
Flash Point    None	          Fire .Point:  None     _

Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper_

Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %)      Lower	    Upper_


Solubility
    Cold Water  Insoluble	  Hot Water	   Ethanol_

    Others:    Soluble in most common sol vents

Acid, Base Properties Acidity-maximum (Mqm.  KOH/qm.)  0.010	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with  A variety of solvents, oils and resins,  most metals
Shipped in    Tank car, 600-1b steel drum, 50-1b can
 ICC Classification   NOIBN   .     	.       Coast Guard Classification_

 Comments  Mfg: Monsanto-  Material  is light yellow viscous  oil	
 References  (1)  1727
                                            210

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. M. Name  Polychlorinated  Biphenyls (507)
                                                               Structural  Formula
IUC Name 	

Common Names Polychlflrinated Polyphenyls	
             Aroclor  1260
Molecular Wt. 	    Pour Pt: 31 C     Distillation Range: 385-420 C

Density (Condensed) 1.555-1.566  @ 90/15.5 C  Density (gas)	9	

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

     2 mm     @  175 C                        9                               &
Flash Point    None	         Fire  Pt: None
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper_

Solubility
    Cold Water  Insoluble	  Hot Water	  Ethanol.
    Others:    Soluble  in most  common  sol vents

Acid, Base Properties  Acidity-maximum (Mgm. KOH/Gm.) 0.014	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with  A variety  of  solvents, oils and resins, most metals
Shipped in   Tank  car,  600-1b steel drum, 50-lb can
ICC Classification    NOIBN	  Coast  Guard Classification_

Comments   Mfg:   Monsanto.  Material is light yellow soft sticky resin
References (1)   1727
                                            211

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name  Polvchlorinated Biphenyls(507)
                                                              Structural  Formula
IUC Name
Common Names Polychlorinated Polyphenyls
             AroclorR 1262
Molecular Wt. 	    Pour Pt:  35-38 C   Distillation Ranije: 395-425 C
Density (Condensed) 1.572-1.583 @ 90/13.5 C  Density (gas)	     @	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point     None                Fire Pt:   None
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper	
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper       	

Solubility
    Cold Water     Insoluble	  Hot Water	.	Ethanol
    Others:    Soluble in most common sol vents
Acid, Base Properties  Acidity-maximum (Mgm.  KOH/Gm.) 0.014	

Highly Reactive with	
Compatible with    A variety of solvents,  oils  and  resins, most metals.
Snipped in  Tank car> 600-lb steel  drum,  50-lb  can
ICC Classification     NOIBN	  Coast Guard Classification
            Mfg:   Monsanto.   Material  is  light  yllnw  stirky
 References  (1)      1727

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                         ' WORKSHEET


H. M. Name  Polychlorinated Biphenyls(507)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name 	

Common Names Polychlorinated Polyphenyls	
             AroclorR  1268
Molecular Wt. 	    Softening Pt: 150-170 C  Distillation Range:  435-450 C
Density (Condensed)l .804-1.811  @ 25/25 C    Density (gas)	&	

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point 	None	         Fire Pt:   None    	

Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	[	    Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water   Insoluble	  Hot Water	   Ethanol
    Others:   Soluble in most common sol vents

Acid, Base Properties   Acidity-maximum (Mgm.  KOH/Gm.)  0.05	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with    A variety of solvent;,  oils  and  resins,  most  metals
Shipped in  200-1 b fiber drum, 50-lb ce.
ICC Classification    NOIBN	  Coast  Guard Classification^
Comments  Mfg:   Monsanto-   Material  is  .-.ite  to off-white  powder	
References (1)     1727
                                           213

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. M. Name  Polychlorinated Biphenyls (507)
                                                               Structural  Formula
IUC Name 	

Common Names  Polychlorinated Polyphenyls
              AroclorK 4465
Molecular Wt. 	  Softenina Pt: fin-66 p   nistination Ranae: 230-320 C
Density (Condensed) 1.670	@ 25/25 C    Density (gas)	9	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point	None           Fire Pt:  None       	

Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	   Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	   Upper_

Solubility
    Cold Water     Insoluble	  Hot Water	   Ethanol.
    Others:	Soluble in most common solvents

Acid, Base Properties Acidity-maximum (Mqin. KOH/Gin.) 0.05	
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with    A variety of solvents, oils and resins, most metals
Shipped in	500-1 b steel drum, 50-lb can
ICC Classification     NOIBN	  Coast Guard Classification_

Comments  Mfg:  Monsanto.  Material is light-yellow, clear, brittle resin
References  (1)     1727
                                            214

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. H. Name _Po1ych1orinated Biphenyls (507)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name 	

Common Names Polychlorinated Polyphenvls	

             AroclorR  5442
 Softening Pt: 46-52 C	 Pour Pt:  46 C    Distillation Ranae:  215-300_C_
Density (Condensed) 1.470	@ 25/2S C    Density (gas)	@	

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 0

              &                               &                               @
Flash Point 247 C                   Fire Pt:   >350 C 	
          Cleveland Open cup
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	     Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water     Insoluble	  Hot Water	   Ethanol
    Others:	Soluble in most common  solvents

Acid, Base Properties  Acidity-maximum (Mgm.  KOH/Gm.) 0.05	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with    A vareity  of  solvents, oils and resins, most metals
Shipped- in         450-1b  steel  drum, 50-lb can
ICC Classification   NOIBN	 Coast Guard Classification,

Comments  Mf9:   Monsanto.  Material  is yellow transparent sticky resin	
References (1)     1727
                                           215

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name   Polychlorinated Biphenyls  (507)
                                                               Structural  Formula
IUC Name 	
Common Names Polychlorinated Polyphenyls
             Aroclor  5460
Molecular Wt.  	    Softeninq  Pt:  98-105.5 C  Distillation Ranee: 280-335 C
Density (Condensed) 1.670       @ 25/25 C	Density (gas)	ja     at 5 "m- Hg"
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 Q
        	@                              9                               0
FlashPoint	None            Fire Pt:   None    	
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	   Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	   Upper_

Solubility
    Cold Water     Insoluble	  Hot Water	  Ethanol.
    Others:	Soluble in most common solvents
Acid, Base Properties Acidity-maximum (Mqm. KOH/Gm.)  0.05	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with    A variety of solvents, oils and resins, most metals
Shipped in	(Flaked) 100-lb bag
ICC Classification   NOIBN    	         Coast  Guard  Classification
 Comments  Mfg:  Monsanto.  Material is clear, yellow-to-amber, brittle resin
References  (1)     1727
                                            216

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name  Polychlorinated Biphenyls (507)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name 	
Common NamesPolychlprinated Folyphenyls	
            AroclorK  2565
Molecular Wt. 	   Softening Pt:  66-72 C   Distillation  Range:  -
Density (Condensed) 1.734	@ 25/25 C    Density (gas)	&	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point	None          .  Fire Pt:  None
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper

Solubility
    Cold Water	Insoluble	  Hot Water	   Ethanol_
    Others:	Soluble in most common solvents
Acid, Base Properties Acidity-maximum (Mgm. KOH/Gm.)  1.4	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with    A vareity of solvents, oils  and resins,  most metals
Shipped in	500-lb steel drum. 50-lb can
ICC Classification NOIBN	  Coast Guard Classification_
Comments  Mf9:   Monsanto.  Material  is  black,  opaque, brittle  resin	
References (1)     1727
                                          217

-------
                               PROFILE  REPORT
                        Polyvinyl  Nitrate  (PVN)  (535)

                             1.  GENERAL

      PVN is an insoluble explosive which  is  not used  because  of its  poor
stability and because it cannot be placed  into solution  with a solvent.     *
If used, it would have some of the applications  of nitrocellulose.   PVN  can
be prepared by the nitration  of polyvinyl  alcohol  with a mixture of nitric
acid and acetic anhydride, or with a mixture  of nitric acid  and carbon
tetrachloride.  It is a readily flammable substance which burns without
melting.

     Since PVN is not manufactured or used, it has not received DOD storage
and handling classifications, and shipping regulations covering, the material
have not been published.  If it should be manufactured in the  future,
shipping, handling and disposal procedures should be similar to those for
nitrocellulose (see Profile Report on Nitrocellulose,  [534]).

     The physical/chemical properties for PVN are summarized on the
attached worksheet.
                                    219

-------
                            2.   REFERENCES
0474.  Tomlinson, W.  R.,  Jr.,  revised  by 0.  E. Sheffied.  Properties of
        explosives of military interest, Technical Report No. 1740, Rev. 1,
        Apr. 1958, Picatinny  Arsenal.  348  p.

2169.  Fedoroff, B. T.,  Encyclopedia of explosives and related items, v 1,
        Picatinny Arsenal,  1960.  692  p.
                                   220

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
 II.  H.  Name   Polyvinyl  nitrate  (535)

 IUC Name 	
 Common Names  PVN
                                                               Structural Formula
                                                                  (Cc
                 (89)n
Molecular Wt.
Density  (Condensed)_
                      o:
Melting Pt.   50 C
                                                        (1)
                                             Density (gas)_
Boiling Pt..
   &
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point
                                   Autoignition  Temp._
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower_
                                                             Upper_
                                                             Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water  Insoluble"^
                                       Hot Water
                                 Ethanol
    Others:
Acid, Base Properties.
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with
Shipped in
ICC Classification   None
                                                Coast Guard Classification   None
Comments   Explosion temperature 265;  has  KPPH  pmrinrpH only  in the laboratory, fnr
experimental  use, because of its instability.	
References (1
                  C474
                                             221

-------
                               PROFILE REPORT

                               Quinone (365)

                               1.   GENERAL

     Quinone is a common name for  1,4-benzoquinone,  a yellow,  crystalline
solid having a characteristic, irritating odor.   It  is the simplest  member
of a large family of dioxo derivatives of dihydroaromatic  compounds  found
widely distributed in nature.  Both synthetic and naturally occurring
quinones are of considerable commercial  value as  dyes, chemical  intermedi-
ates, fungicides and drugs.

     The principal domestic manufacturer of quinone  is the Eastman Chemical
Product Division of Eastman Kodak.       The material  is manufactured at  the
Kingsport, Tennessee plant by the  oxidation of aniline in  the  presence of an
excess of manganese dioxide and sulfuric acid.       Quinone is steam dis-
tilled from the reaction liquor and then purified, by recrystallization, for
sale in 50-lb (net) fiber drums.   The remaining  portion of the oxidation
solution is neutralized and filtered.  The material  obtained from the fil-
trate, after evaporation, is a technical grade of manganese sulfate  called
Tecmangam, which is sold for use as a source of  available  manganese  in
fertilizers and in animal feed.

     Benzoquinone is an important  chemical  intermediate in the manufacture
                                                          I £07
of dyes, vitamins, bactericides,  insecticides, fungicides,    and,  of
course, hydroquinone (see Profile  Report on hydroquinone [220]).  It is  also
useful as a polymerization inhibitor for unsaturated  polyesters  and  as a
                                      1687
tanning agent in the leather industry.      There are a number of other,
specialized applications which make use of its oxidizing properties.

                          2.  TOXICOLOGY0766'1687

     Quinone can cause severe local damage to the skin and mucous membranes
by contact with it in the solid state, in solution,  or in  the  form of con-
densed vapor.  Contact may result  in discoloration,  irritation,  erythema,
                                   223

-------
swelling, the formation of papules and vesicles, and after prolonged expos-
ure, necrosis.  Repeated exposure to high vapor concentrations may cause a
greenish-brown stain or a grayish-white opacity of the cornea.  In a few
cases there has been an appreciable loss of visual accuity.  No evidence
has been found for a systemic effect.

     The distinctive, irritating odor of quinone provides some measure of
warning of its presence in harmful concentrations. .  Its odor becomes per-
ceptible at or just above 0.1 ppm and is quite definite in the region of
0.15 ppm and irritating at 0.5 ppm.

                             3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     Quinone  itself does not constitute a fire or explosion hazard? however,
if present at the site of a  fire or explosion, it may emit toxic fumes when
heated.0766   Care shouli
strong reducing agents.
heated.      Care should also be taken to avoid uncontrolled contact with
                  4.   DEFINITION OF  ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                      Handling,  Storage,  and Transportation
      Personnel  handling quinone  should be familiar with its toxicological
 properties.   Gloves and goggles  should be provided for their protection and
 provisions should be made to  keep  the atmospheric concentration well below
 0.1  ppm  of air  by volume.  A  careful medical examination of the eyes is ad-
 visable  before  and during continued exposure to this chemical.1687
                                Disposal/Reuse

      Quinone  may  be  purified  by  recrystallization or by sublimation.  Users
 of  this  material  may employ  either technique to recover contaminated quinone
                                     224

-------
if the required equipment is available and if the precautions outlined in
the section on handling, storage, and transportation are observed.

     An adequate process for the disposal  of quinorie must take  into  account
that it:  (1) is toxic as a vapor, or a solid, or in solution; (2) has a high
sublimation pressure; (3) is soluble in  water;  (4)  is resistant  to biochemi-
cal  attack because of its toxicity to lower organisms and its high oxidation
state.  These properties favor disposal  processes  which  provide  for  control
of vapor emission and rapid, complete conversion to innocuous products.   Al-
ternatively, quinone may be converted (e.g., by-reduction)  to less volatile
and/or more easily degraded forms before final  disposal.

      Recommended provisional limits for quinone in the environment are as
follows:
Contaminant and                                        Basis for
  Environment            Provisional Limits          Recommendation
Quinone in air         0.001 ppm (0.004 mg/M3)         0.01 TLV
Quinone in water          0.02 ppm (mg/1)            Stokinger and
and soil                                             Woodward Method
                5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     The preferred processing options for the disposal of quinone wastes
are briefly described in the following subsections together with judgments
as to their adequacy.

                        Option No. 1 - Incineration

     Incineration in a properly designed and operated incinerator is recom-
mended as the most satisfactory method for the disposal of waste quinone.
It is necessary that the incinerator be designed to burn the quinone com-
pletely (minimum of 1,800 F for at least 2.0 seconds) and that leackage of
unburned quinone vapors be eliminated.  This option is applicable to both
concentrated and dilute quinone.wastes provided that an appropriate
incineration method is used.
                                  225

-------
                     Option No.  2 - Waste Water Treatment

     Biochemical waste water treatment processes are less  satisfactory than
incineration for the disposal of quinone waste streams.  Quinone is  toxic
to most microbiota,,.is relatively resistant to oxidation since it is itself
an oxidizing agent, and is sufficiently volatile to be a potential  odor and
toxicity problem in open lagoons.  Treatment by the activated sludge process
using well acclimated seed is the most satisfactory biochemical  treatment
method for chemically unmodified quinone wastes.

     Quinone wastes can be rendered significantly more biodegradable by
prior reduction to hydroquinone or a hydroquinone derivative.  Sodium sul-
                                                     1433
fite and sulfur dioxide are suitable reducing agents.      Reduction to
hydroquinone, in addition to providing a more easily destroyed compound,
also eliminates the problems posed by the volatility of quinone.
                         Option No. 3 - Land Burial

     Land burial disposal processes are generally less satisfactory than
Options Nos. 1 and 2 for disposal of quinone wastes.  The  high sublimation
pressure of this material poses the threat of release of toxic quinone fumes
to the atmosphere.  Another possible route to environmental contamination is
the leaching of this water soluble material by rain or liquid wastes.  A pro-
perly located and operated burial facility, meeting California Class I require-
ments may limit the impact of leaching but is unlikely to  completely eliminate
the danger of sublimation.

     Reduction of the quinone to hydroquinone prior to burial reduces its
potential for environmental damage (Option, No. 2).  However, since hydro-
quinone is readily oxidized  to quinone,  the improvement must be regarded as
temporary.

              ,  6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Quinone does not appear to  be a candidate waste stream constituent requiring
disposal  at National Disposal Sites.  This material is currently effectively
and safely disposed of  at or near  the sites of waste generation using the
methods cited in Section 5.
                                   226

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES
0766. Sax, N. I.  Dangerous properties of Industrial  materials.   3d  ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Company,  1968.   1,251  p.

1433. Kirk-Othrner encyclopedia of chemical  technology.   2d ed.   22 v.  and
        suppl.  New York, Wiley-Interscience Publishers, 1963-1971.

1492. Merck and Company, Inc.   The Merck index  of chemicals  and  drugs.
        Rahway, New Jersey, 1960.  1,643 p.

1571. OPD Chemical buyers directory.   New York, Schnell  Publishing Company,
        1971.  1,584 p.

1679. Shearon, W. J. Jr., L. G. Davy, and H. Von Bramer.  Hydroquinone
        manufacture.  Industrial and  Engineering Chemistry,  44(9):1,730-
        1,735, Aug. 1952.

1687. Eastman Chemical Products, Inc.  £-Benzoquinone.   Technical  Data
        Sheet No. D-112.  New York.
                  o
                                 227

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name Quinone  (365)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name 1.4-Benzoquinone
Common Names  ara-Quinne,  -benzoquinone
                                                               f\ A
             1,4-cyclohexadieneone, chinone                    D H
                                                             OCH0
Molecular Wt.   108.10	    Melting PtP^  115.7 C          Boiling  Pt.^2^  Sublimes
Density (Condensedy '}.318  .   @ 20 C/4 C .  Density (gas)	&	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
     98 mm    @  25 C                         @                               @
Flash Point 	         Autoignition Temp._
Flammabijity Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	.	    Upper_

Solubil ity   '
    Cold Water 1  g/lOOg solv.  @ 25 C   Hot Water	  Ethanol 6g/100g solv. @
    Others:  Acetone (36g). Ethyl  acetate (18g), Benzene  (18g)                25  C
Acid, Base Properties   Neutral	
Highly Reactive with  Reducing agents
Compatible with_
Shipped in  50-lb fiber
Comment-:  Volatile with steanr   ,  sources:^  '  Eastman  Chemical Products. Orlex Dyes and
ICC Classification	Coast Guard Classification
    ents  VoTatile with  st
     Chemicals  Corporation
References  (1)    1492    (4)   1687
            (2)    1433
            (3)    1571
                                          228

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

                 Tetraethyl- and Tetramethyllead (425.427)

                               1.    GENERAL

     Tetraethyllead (TEL) and tetramethyllead (TML) are colorless, oily
liquids of very high toxicity.   Individually and in mixtures they consti-
tute the major gasoline antiknock  agents now in use.  More stringent ex-
haust emission standards are expected to reduce their predominance as
gasoline additives.      They are  commonly believed to be the major source
of environmental lead pollution and they are likely to interfere with the
operation of the automobile antipollution equipment that will  be necessary
to meet future exhaust emission requirements.

     Although many synthetic schemes for the.preparation of TEL and TML
have been disclosed in the technical and patent literature, there are only
                                                1433
two basic processes in domestic, commercial  use.      By far the more im-
portant of the two involves the reaction of sodium-lead alloy with ethyl
or methyl chloride as shown in Equation 1.  Upon completion of the reaction,
the TEL or TML is steam distilled  to remove it from the other products.
The organolead compounds are then  purified by washing with dilute solutions
of oxidizing agents (e.g., hydrogen peroxide, sodium dichromate) and then
with water.  After purification, the TEL and TML are usually mixed with the
other ingredients that make up the antiknock fluid  and with an identifying
dye.  The compounded fluid is then pumped into tank cars or bulk-storage
tanks.   This process, in several modifications, is  used by Du  Pont (Antioch,
California, and Deepwater, New Jersey), Ethyl Corporation (Baton Rouge,
Louisiana and Houston, Texas) and  Houston Chemical  (Beaumont, Texas) with
a combined capacity (1971) of 790  million Ib per year.

          1  NaPb  +  4  C2H5C1 -»• (C2H&)4Pb +  3 Pb  + 4  NaCl                 (1)
                                    229

-------
     Nalco Chemical (Freeport, Texas) uses an electrolytic process  for TML,
based on the electrolysis of a solution of methyl magnesium chloride and ex-
cess methyl chloride in an ether solvent, with lead metal  acting as the
      1433
anode.      The overall electrolytic reaction is shown in  Equation  2.   The
capacity of the Nalco plant is 40 million Ib per year.

     2 CHgMgCl + CH3C1 + Pb + (CH3)4Pb + 2 MgCl2                       (2)

     TEL and TML are also available for use in antiknock  fluids as mixtures
of organolead compounds produced by a redistribution reaction  of mixtures
of TEL and TML in the presence of Lewis-acid catalysts (Equation 3).
The production capacity for the redistributed mixtures is  included  in  the
total 830 million Ib per year capacity cited above.
     Me4Pb + Et4Pb + Me4Pb + Me3EtPb + Me^Pb + MeEt3Pb + Et4Pb      (3)

     The only nonanti knock use for TEL and TML of commercial  importance is
in the preparation of organomercury fungicides,     another group of mater
ials under investigation as a possible environmental  danger.
     The physical/chemical properties of TEL and TML are summarized in the
attached worksheets.

                          2.  TOXICOLOGY0766' 1433

     Tetraethyl- and tetramethyHead are extremely toxic materials.  Acute
or chronic poisoning may result from ingestion, inhalation or absorption
through skin.  Overexposure to TEL or TML severely affects the central ner-
vous system.  The initial symptoms are weakness, nervousness, severe con-
stipation and colic-like pains.  Heavy or prolonged exposure may result in
death.

     The American Conference of Government and Industrial Hygienists has
recommended Threshold Limit Values (TLV's) for TEL and TML of 0.10 mg/M3 and
0.15 mg/M3  (as Pb) respectively.
                                 230

-------
                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Tetraethyl- and tetramethyllead are considered to be fire hazards when
exposed to heat and flame.      The hazardous nature of a fire involving
these materials is substantially increased by the danger of exposure to the
toxic fumes of TEL, TML, and their decomposition products.'

     These organolead compounds are also known to react exothermically with
                                             1433
halogens, mineral acids and oxidizing agents.

               4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                   Handling.  Storage, and Transportation

     The most significant potential for exposure to TEL and TML occurs in
the manufacture of the compounds and their blending into gasoline at the
         1433
refinery.      Subsequent to the blending operation at the refinery, ex-
posure to these materials is limited by the low concentration in gasoline
(less than 4 ml/gal.) and the normal methods of handling the fuel at ser-
vice stations.
     In the manufacturing and blending operations emphasis has been placed
on eliminating vapor, dust and liquid leaks.      Adequate exhaust ventila-
tion must be provided in all work areas to maintain the concentration of
TEL and TML vapors well below the recommended Threshold Limit Values (TLV)
of 0.10 mg/M3 and 0.15 mg/M3 (as Pb) respectively.  Personnel likely to
contact these materials in concentrated form should be provided with proper
protective gloves and be made thoroughly cognizant of the danger they pose.
     Regular medical examinations should be an integral part of a program
to guard against the danger of lead intoxication.      The medical examina-
tion should include a urine or, preferably, a blood test to monitor the
level of lead in the worker's body.  The mean normal lead concentration in
whole blood is said to be 0.03 mg/100 cc and in urine a concentration of
0.03 mg of lead per liter is considered normal.
                                  231

-------
     TEL and TML are generally stored and shipped in steel  vessels.   Acci-
dental spills which occur in handling or transport can be decontaminated  by
reaction of the lead compound with dilute potassium permanganate or  bromine
solution.1433

      Both  of  these  fetraalkyllead  compounds are  classified by the Depart-
ment  of Transportation  (DOT),  Coast  Guard and IATA  as Poison B, requiring
a poison label.  The  IATA does not permit their  shipment on passenger flights
and limits  cargo flights to  a  maximum of 220 liters.0766

                               Disposal/Reuse

     The recovery and reuse of lead and lead compounds is an  integral  part
of the manufacture of TEL and TML.      Only 25 percent of the lead  in the
NaPb alloy  (see Equation 1) is utilized on each pass through  the process.
It is a matter of economic necessity that the excess lead be  recovered,
purified and returned to the process.

     Tetraethyl- and tetramethyllead wastes are most likely to appear as
dilute aqueous solutions generated in their manufacture,     and as  com-
ponents of  the sludge and scale which collect in plant and refinery  storage
and mixing  facilities.

     The adequate treatment of the waste requires that the hazards involved
in handling these toxic materials be reduced, that their concentration in
                                                        I 7O7
effluent aqueous streams be at acceptable levels (<1 ppm    ), and that
the lead-containing compounds  removed from the wastes be converted to forms
suitable for reuse.  All of those requirements can be met by the conversion
of the organic lead compounds  to inorganic lead compounds.  The inorganic
materials can be more easily removed from solution and reduced to metallic
lead in a smelting operation.  Other advantages of the organic to inorganic
conversion  accrue by virtue of lessened volatility and reduction of  the
high lipoid solubility of the  organic materials (responsible  for their ease
of absorption through the skin).                           .
                                   232

-------
     The recommended provisional limits for tetraethyl- and tetramethyl-
lead in the environment are as follows:

Concentration and                                               Basis of
Environment	            Provisional Limits                 Recommendation
TEL in air                   .0010 mg/M3 as Pb                  0.01  TL.V
TML in air                   .0015 mg/M3 as Pb                  0.01  TLV
TEL in water and soil        0.05 ppm (mg/1) as Pb              Drinking water
                                                                standards
TML in water and soil        0.05 ppm (mg/1) as Pb              Drinking water
                                                                standards
              5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     The processes currently employed for the disposal  of tetraalkyllead
wastes are all basically the same, differing only in detail as dictated by
the location and nature of the waste generation source.

                      Current Disposal Processes

     Dilute, aqueous solutions of organic lead compounds generated in the
manufacturing process are the major type of TEL and TML wastes.  The con-
taminated water is produced during steam distillation, washing, purifica-
tion and maintenance operations.      The aqueous wastes are collected in
settling pits to recover lead and insoluble lead salts.      The water from
the settling pits is then treated to adjust its pH to 8 to 9.5 in the pre-
sence of precipitating agents such as ferrous sulfate or sodium carbon-
ate.     '       Precipitated lead salts are recovered for recycling to
           17ftfi  17ft7
lead metal,     '      and the water is allowed to return to the environment.

     Despite the ubiquity of the disposal method described above, it is
now generally agreed that it does not reduce the lead concentration in ef-
fluent streams  to acceptable levels.  In view of the inadequacy of the
current disposal process, the DuPont plant in Antioch, California has been
forced to store its lead-containing wastes pending the completion of an
incineration facility to convert them to a form more amenable to recycle by
                                   233

-------
              1787
lead smelters.      The problem of lead recycling is especially complicated
at the Antioch plant, which uses a continuous rather than batch TEL synthe-
sis.1787
     The Baton Rouge plant of the Ethyl Corporation has also experienced
                                                                      17ftfi
difficulty in maintaining acceptably low lead effluent concentrations.
They are pursuing conventional (unspecified) methods of reducing those
concentrations.
     The scale and sludge which form in TEL and TML storage,  mixing  and
transport vessels are another source of tetraalkyllead waste.   The former
practice of dumping the old tanks containing lead residues at sea  is no
            I787  17R8
longer used.    '       The lead sludges are buried or sold to secondary
                     1788
smelters for recycle.      Petroleum refineries follow the practice  of ex-
posing the sludges to the air (weathering)  until they are "inactive," after
                          1788
which they are landfilled.      Presumably, the weathering process results
in the slow oxidation of the lead compounds to insoluble PbO.   However,  it
seems likely  that  the evaporation of toxic  organic lead compounds cannot
be avoided in this essentially uncontrolled exposure and that this method
may result in local atmospheric organic lead pollution.  This method of
disposal is not adequate.

                     Near  Future Disposal Processes

     The disposal  processes outlined in the following subsections do not
appear to be  in actual use at this time.  They  are currently under develop-
ment or have  been  reported in the literature.

     Option No. 1  -  Incineration.  An  incineration process to convert organic
and inorganic lead wastes  to PbO for recycle to lead metal is now under
            1787
development.       The use  of this or a similar  process for treatment of
TEL and TML waste  streams  is recommended as the most desirable method of
reducing their deleterious effects on  the environment.  An acceptable lead
waste burning installation must be fitted with  efficient scrubbing devices
                                 234

-------
to prevent the contamination of stack effluents with toxic lead or lead-
containing particulates and/or vapors.

     Option No. 2 - Ion Exchange.  Strongly acidic cation exchange resins
have been shown to effect almost complete removal of organic lead compounds
from typical TEL aqueous waste streams.      The inorganic lead compounds were
removed  by  conventional means before  the stream was introduced to the ion
exchange column and the final concentration of lead in the effluent water
was  less than  1 ppm.  After elution from the column with caustic soda the
eluate was  subjected  to oxidative chlorination, affording almost complete
conversion  to  recoverable inorganic lead compounds.  Although a judgment
with respect to economic practicality of this process is not possible with
the  data in hand,  the removal of organic lead compounds from TEL wastes
with ion exchange  resins appears to be technically attractive.  A complete
disposal system incorporating this process must also provide for rendering
the  inorganic  lead obtained suitable  for conversion to metallic lead.

     Option No. 3 - Improved Precipitation Methods.  A number of methods
designed to improve the removal  of lead-containing compounds from TEL and TML
                                   I 7Q7
aqueous  wastes are now under study.       One such method involves the treat-
ment of  aqueous effluents from tetraa Iky Head manufacture by: (1) adjusting
the pH of the effluent to between 8.0 to 9.5; (2) intimately contacting the
aqueous  effluent with an ozone-containing gas in the presence of a soluble
carbonate;  (3) precipitating the converted inorganic lead compounds; and (4)
separating the precipitated compounds.      Reduction of the dissolved
organic  lead content to below 5 ppm is claimed.      Any improved precipi-
tation should be coupled to a process for conversion of the precipitated
lead compounds to metallic lead for reuse.

               6.    APPLICABILITY TO  NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Aqueous tetraethyl- and tetramethyllead waste streams are not
candidates for disposal  at National  Disposal  Sites.  The aqueous, organo-
lead wastes are generated at six manufacturing facilities belonging
to relatively large, sophisticated chemical firms.    Although these
wastes are not currently treated in  a completely acceptable manner, the
                                  235

-------
problems are under intensive study and appear to be amenable to solution
by the application of existing technology.

     The lead-containing sludges and scales formed in TEL and TML storage,
transportation and mixing vessels present a more complicated problem.
Their sources are both more numerous and more diverse than those of the
aqueous wastes, ranging in size and sophistication from major oil refin-
eries to local, owner-operated service stations.  Many of these purveyors
of tetraalkyllead-containing gasolines will be unable to dispose of sludge
and scale wastes in an acceptable manner.  Therefore, the lead-containing
sludges and scales may represent a class of materials that could be pro-
fitably sent to National Disposal Sites for treatment by incineration  and
subsequent recycle to metallic lead.

     Another, perhaps controlling factor that must be considered with  re-
gard to the applicability of tetraalkyllead wastes to National Disposal
Sites is the probable diminishing use of these compounds as gasoline addi-
tives.      A governmental decision to ban the use of the lead antiknock
compounds in gasoline may render the question of the disposal of their
wastes academic.
                                  236

-------
                              7.   REFERENCES
0534. Jones, H.  R.   Environmental  control  in  the organic and petrochemical
        industries.   Pollution  control  review No. 3.  Park Ridge, New
        Jersey,  Noyes Data Corporation,  1971.   257 p.

0766. Sax, N. I.   Dangerous properties  of  industrial materials.  3d ed.
        New York, Reinhold Book Corporation,  1968.   1,251 p.

1046. Nozaki, M.  and H.  Hatotani.   Treatment  of tetraethyl lead
        manufacturing wastes.   Water  Research.  1:167-177, 1967.

1433. Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical technology,  2d  ed.  22 v.  anH
        supol., New York,  Interscience Publishers,  1963-1971.

1506. Schnell Publishing Company,  Inc.   Chemical profile, lead alkyls.
        New York, 1971.   1 p.

1570. The Chemical  Rubber Company.  Handbook  of chemistry and physics.
        47th ed.   Cleveland, 1962.  2,100  p.

1718. United States  Tariff Commission.   Synthetic organic chemicals,
        United States production and  sales, 1970.  TC publication 479.
        Washington,  U.S. Government Printing  Office, 1972.  262  p.

1786. Personal communication.   N.  Garland, Ethyl Corporation to  H. E. Green,
        TRW Systems, June 30,  1972.

1787. Personal communication.   R.  Herbert, E.  I. du  Pont de Nemours, Inc.,
        to H. E.  Green,  TRW Systems,  June  30, 1972.

1788. Personal communication.   W.  Philipson,  E. I. du Pont de Nemours, Inc.,
        to H. E.  Green,  TRW Systems,  June  30, 1972.
                                   237

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET



H. M. Name  Tetraethvllead  (425)-
                                                               Structural Formula

IUC Name    Tetraethyllead
Common Names  Lead  tetraethvl.  TEL
(CH3CH2)4Pb
Molecular Wt.  323.44	Melting Pt.  -136.8 C           Boiling  Pt.'  700 C  (d)

Density (Condensed)*^i .6528     @ 20  C/4  C    Density (gas)	@	


Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

                       9                              0\                              (1)
      0.47  mm @   20  C             2.5 mm     9 55  C   ;              19 mm    @ 91 C
Flash Point	         Autoignition Temp.	


Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper_

Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper_


Solubility ^
    Cold Water   Insoluble	  Hot Water	   Ethanol  si. ?0i.

    Others:  Benzene, ether, gasoline


Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with Oxidizing agents;^3'     acids and halogens^
Compatible with
Shipped in  Steel
                  (3)
ICC Classification  Poison B	  Coast Guard Classification   Poison B
                                              (2\
Coranents Begins to decompose at or above 1QQ cvc/         	
         Sources+ *> DuPont. Houston r.hemiral f.nrp . Malm r^mjr?i  Et^yl Corp
References  (1)  1570   (4)  1718

            (2)  1433

            (3)  076fi
                                            238

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name  Tetramethyllead  (427)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name    Tetramethyllead
Common Names Lead tetramethyl, TML
(CH3)4Pb
Molecular Wt. _J67.__33	    Melting Pt.    -27.5 C         Boiling Pt.   110  C
Density (Condensed)^  1.9952    @ 20 C/4 C   Density (gas)^j.2	@	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
   22.5 mm    @ 20 C                116.6 mm  &   55 C                        @
Flash Point 	         Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper

Solubility^
    Cold Water  Insoluble	  Hot Water	   Ethanol   si.  sol.
    Others:   benzene, ether, gasoline
Acid, Base Properties	;	._
Highly Reactive with  Oxidizing agents;   acids and halogens
Compatible with
Shipped in	Steel
ICC Classification  Poison B	.	'_  Coast Guard Classification    Poison  B
                 (4)
Comments  Sources :' Du,Pontt Nalco Chemical, Fthyl  Corp.	
References (1) 1570    (4) 1718
           (2) H33
           (3) 0766
                                           239

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

                          Tetranitromethane (428)

                             1.    GENERAL

     Tetranitromethane is a very toxic colorless liquid that melts at 13 C.
It has been used as a rocket propellant, as either oxidizer or monopropellant.
At present, its chief use is as an additive to racing car fuels.   A minor
use is a reagent in a qualitative test for unsaturated compounds.
Tetranitromethane is prepared by reacting acetic anhydride with anhydrous
                  Mam
                 1411
nitric acid.       Manufacture and sales  are limited  to  one  company,  Hummel
Chemical Company.

     Procedures for adequate handling, storage and transportation are not well
documented in the published literature.   In general, tetranitromethane can be
handled in equipment fabricated from most .common metals except copper or
copper alloys.  Fluorocarbon and silicon-based lubricants can be used, but
not petroleum-based lubricants.  Teflon, polyethylene,.butyl  Bibber and
silicone rubber are all compatible with tetranitromethane.   .  It is shipped
as an oxidizing material requiring a yellow label.

                              2.   TOXICOLOGY

     Tetranitromethane irritates the eyes and respiratory passages and does
damage to the liver.  It appears as an impurity in crude TNT  and is thought
to be the cause for the irritating properties of that material.   It can cause
pulmonary edema, mild methaemoglobinemea and fatty degeneration  of the liver
and kidneys.   Animal experiments indicate that concentrations as low as 0.1
ppm have proved rapidly fatal.   Concentrations of 3.3 to 25 ppm  produce
rapid and marked irritation of mucous membranes of the eyes,  mouth and upper
respiratory tract.  The Threshold Limit Value (TLV) recommended  by American
Conference of Governmental  Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) is 1 ppm.
                                 241

-------
                           3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     When shocked or exposed to heat, tetranitromethane can explode.   It can
form a powerful explosive when mixed with other nitrocompounds that are
oxygen deficient or with low molecular weight hydrocarbons, benzene,  or
highly unsaturated hydrocarbons.      When tetranitromethane is burned,
visible plumes of oxides of nitrogen are liberated, and a small concentration
(part per million range) of hydrogen cyanide is present in the combustion
products.  There are no reports on measurements of concentrations or
quantities of these toxic combustion products.

            4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                   Handling, Storage, and Transportation

     Adequate procedures for the safe handling and storage of tetranitrome-
thane are described in the JANAF Propulsion Committee's Chemical Rocket Propel-
                         1142
lant Hazards publication.     Tetranitromethane is classified by the Department
of Transportation (DOT) as an oxidizing material and is shipped under a yellow
label0°766
     The safe disposal of C(N02)4 is* defined in terms of the recommended
provisional limits in the atmosphere and  in water and soil environments.
These recommended provisional limits are as follows:

Contaminant in Ai>           Provisional Limit       Basis for Recommendation
Tetranitromethane              0.08 mg/M3                  0.01 TLV

Contaminant in
Water and Soil               Provisional Limit       Basis for Recommendation
Tetranitromethane              0.4 mg/1             Stokinger and Woodward
                                                    Method

                   5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

      Tetranitromethane does  not present a waste management problem, because
only  small quantities are produced with a more than adequate market in

                                   242

-------
blending fuels for race cars.  The manufacturer, Hummel  Chemical  Company,
will buy back for recycle any excess tetranitromethane in storage.       If
it becomes necessary to dispose of excess or contaminated tetranitromethane,
the procedure recommended by JANAF Hazards Working Group     for  liquid
nitro compounds is presumably followed.  The procedure calls for  open burning,
and may be summarized as follows:  Tetranitromethane, collected or stored in
drums, cans or carboys, is destroyed by open burning at remote burning sites.
Container tops or drum bungs are removed, combustible material carefully
placed around the containers (avoiding any spillage) and the tetranitromethane
is ignited with a black powder squib.  This procedure is not entirely satis-
factory, since it makes no provision for the control of the toxic effluents,
NO  and HCN.  Suggested procedures are to employ modified enclosed pit
  J\
burning, using blowers for air supply, and passing the effluent combustion
gases through loosely packed earth (as an adsorbent), or through  wet
scrubbers.  (Described in detail as a combustion process system for disposal
of hazardous wastes).  No engineering data on tetranitromethane combustion
product characteristics is available for use in design of modified enclosed
pit burning systems.

                6.   APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Because there is little probability that tetranitromethane in other
than laboratory reagent quantities will require disposal, it is our conclusion
that this material is not a candidate waste stream constituent for National
Disposal Sites.
                                    243

-------
                           7.    REFERENCES
0766.   Sax, N.  I'.   Dangerous properties of industrial  materials.   New York,
         Reinhold  Publishing Company, 1957.   1,467 p.

1142.   JANAF Hazards Working Group.   Chemical  rocket/propellant hazards.
         V.2.   Silver Springs, Maryland, Chemical  Propulsion Information
         Agency (CPIA), No.  194, May 1970.

1411.   Chemical Week.  1972 Buyers'  guide issue.   New York,  McGraw-Hill
         Inc.,  Oct.  27, 1971.   618 p.

1485.   Horning, E. C.  Organic synthesis.   V.3.   iJew York,  John Wiley and
         Sons.   1955.  p 803 - 805.

1486.   Personal communication.  G. B. Schonen, Hummel  Chemical  Company to
         J. R.  Denson, TRW Systems,  Mar. 28, 1972.
                                  244

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name   Tetranitromethane  (428)

IUC Name 	
Common Names
                                                               Structural  Formula
                                                           C(NO
                                                               2'4
Molecular Wt.  196.04     0)
Density (Condensed)  T.650
Vapor Pressure (recommended  55 C and 20 C)
10 torr.      a  22.7
                                     Melting  Pt.  _ L2.^_(: __ LlL   Boiling Pt.  125-?  C   (1)
                                         c   Density  (gas)
                                                                       @
Flash Point
                           C
                           C
                                        torr g  30	      C         25.8  torr p  40  C
                                   Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lov.'er
                                       .
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      L«,wer
                                                  	   Upper_
                                                  	   Upper
Solubility
    Cold Uater ^soluble
    Others'   soluble in ether

Acid, Base Properties	
                                      hot Water  insoTuple
                                                                     Ethanol   miscible
Highly Reactive with reducing substances (explosive), KCit in alcohol.
Compatible with most common ™etals, e>.. «pt coppe-- anj copper-base alloys
Shipped in	
                    Yellow label
ICC Classification  Oxidizing Material
Comments	
                                                                           Yellow  label
                                                Coast Guard Classification Oxidizing
References (1) (0766)
                                         245

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

                         Tricresyl  Phosphate (440)

                              1.   GENERAL

                              Introduction

     The common grades of tricresyl  phosphate (TCP)  are a mixture of ortho-,
meta-, and para- or meta- and para-isomers.  It was designated as a pro-
bable candidate waste stream constituent for industrial disposal  because it
is a relatively high volume commodity chemical  which has well-defined and
safe methods of industrial handling  and disposal.

                       Manufacture/Use1501'1506

     Tricresyl phosphate  is manufactured from equivalent amounts of technical
cresol with a minimum amount of o-cresol, and phosphorus oxychloride by a
continuous or batch process.  Reaction temperatures range from 150 to
300 C and reaction times  from 6 to 9 hours.  Hydrogen chloride is
removed continuously during the reaction by purging with an inert gas or
maintaining the reactor under vacuum.

     3 CH3CgH4OH + POC13 	* (CH3CgH40)3PO + 3 HC1

The crude material is washed with hot sodium hydroxide  (2%) to remove residue
hydrochloric and phosphoric acids, cresol and other impurities, and it is
given a final water wash.  The material is suitable for use in functional
fluids and lubricant additives (45%).  A refined grade for use as a plasticizer
and flame retardant (45%) is produced by vacuum distillation.   For certain
applications, trace amounts of cresol are removed by treating the refined
material with alkaline permanganate, activated charcoal or zinc and acid.
                                  247

-------
Air filtration media (4%) and miscellaneous applications  account  for the
remainder of the uses.   TCP has been replaced as a gasoline additive.

     Major manufacturers and plant sites are:    '

     FMC Corporation; Nitro, West Virgina
     Frontier Chemical  Corporation; Newark, NewJersey
     Monsanto Company;  St. Louis, Missouri
     Stauffer Chemical  Company; Point Pleasant, West Virgina

                    Physical and Chemical Properties

     The physical and chemical properties of TCP are discussed in the
attached worksheets.

                         2.  TOXICOLOGY0766

     Most cases of tricresyl phosphate poisoning have followed ingestion,
but poisoning by inhalation or skin absorption is also possible.   There
have been several mass outbreaks of poisoning due to adulteration of food
or drink with TCP or the addition of lubricating oils containing  TCP to
edible cooking oils.

     Early symptoms of actual poisoning are transient gastrointestinal
upset, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea and abdominal pain.  These are  followed
in one to three weeks by degeneration of the peripheral motor nerves which
is manifested by soreness of the lower leg muscles and "numbness" of the
toes and fingers.  This is followed in a f'.w days by weakness of  the toes
and bilateral wrist-drop.  More serious poisoning causes further  paralysis
and even death by damage to the central nervous system.  Sensory  changes
are completely absent.   Recovery is slow and the degree of residual para-
lysis depends on the degree of poisoning.  The order of toxicity  for the
three isomers is ortho, meta,  para.  The  Threshold  Limit Value (TLV) is
0.1 mg/M3.
                                    248

-------
                        3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     The fire hazard of TCP when exposed to heat or flame is slight,  but
incomplete combustion or heating to decomposition results in the emission
of highly toxic oxides of phosphrous.

                   4.  DEFINITION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                        Handling, Storage and Transportation

     Tricresyl phosphate is a non-volatile, non-corrosive and only slightly
flammable liquid that is shipped under no special Department of Transpor-
tation (DOT) or IATA regulations.0766'2351  It is a bulk chemical  and is
most commonly sold in 1- and 5-gal. metal cans, 55-gal.  drums, tank trucks,
       c cars
        0766
and tank cars.       Standard safety practices should be observed  for
storage.

     TCP can be absorbed by the body by inhalation or through the skin,
and good ventilation should be provided in areas where mists or aerosols
may be present.  Protective clothing is recommended where necessary.   In
cases of accidental contact, all  contaminated clothing should be removed
immediately and the skin washed thoroughly with soap and water.

                               Disposal

     The manufacture of TCP results in waste material in the form of semi-
solid distillation bottoms which are presently disposed of by landfill.
Another byproduct of manufacture is a very dilute aqueous stream (20 ppm)
       1492
of TCP.      This stream also contains high (100 ppm or more) concentrations
of cresol and other phenolics and is best considered in the Profile Reports
on cresol (124) or phenol (327).1501
                                 249

-------
     Tricresyl phosphate with a low content of the ortho-isomer is used as
plasticizer for polyvinyl chloride and acetate polymers and cellulose plas-
tics.  It is also used as a flame retardant in polyester, polyurethane and
polyvinyl chloride plastics.  Items made from these plastics are used in
                          1433 2400
thousands of applications.    '      Practically none are reused, but dis-
posed of with municipal wastes, either by landfill or incineration.    '

     TCP is also used as an anti-wear additive in conventional  hydrocarbon
lubricants as well as an important constituent in special lubricants and
hydraulic fluids.      Used, out-of-date, or contaminated fluids are not
reprocessed and are usually disposed of by landfill.     '
     The recommended provisional limits for TCP in the environment are as
follows:
Contaminant in       Provisional Limit      Basis for Recommendation
    Air	
TCP                  0.001 mg/M3                  0.01 TLV
Contaminant in       Provisional Limit      Basis for Recommendation
Water and Soil
TCP                  0.005 ppm  (mg/1)       Stokinger and Woodward Method

                  5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                     Option  No.  1  - Municipal  Disposal of
                  Plastic Material Containing  Tricresyl  Phosphate


      Tricresyl  phosphate  is  used as a  plasticizer and flame retardant in the
 thousands  of  products  that are  presently  disposed of by  municipal  landfill
 and  incineration  activities.  TCP  can  be  destroyed with  proper  incineration.
 This  is  adequate  as long  as  phosphorus oxide emissions are not  significant.
                                     14Q?  ?4flfl
 Its  low  solubility  in  water (20 ppm)     '     and great  affinity  for  plastics
 makes the  danger  due to underground water leaching very  small.  It is recom-
 mended,  however,  that  the bulk  concentration in  soil of  TCP in  any form  be
 maintained below  0.005 ppm.
                                   250

-------
               Option No. 2 - Landfill of Heavy Distillation
                          Bottoms from Manufacture

     Refined TCP is produced by distilling technical material under vacuum.
The chemical composition of the distillation bottoms is similar to TCP but
of higher molecular weight.  Landfill of concentrated TCP wastes is recom-
mended only in sites meeting California Class 1 standards.

            •  Option No. 3 - Landfill of Contaminated or Used
                       Hydraulic and Lubricating Fluids    :

     TCP is  used as a lubricant and hydraulic fluid additive as  well  as
being a major constituent in many synthetic lubricants  and special  purpose
liquids.   In these applications, small  amounts are used at many  scattered
sites.   These fluids are periodically changed due to breakdown,  contamination,
equipment failure or routinely in critical  applications.   Their  exact fate is
not known but it is generally thought that most material  is landfilled at
local municipal sites.  The small amounts landfilled from this source along
with the low solubility of TCP  (20 ppm)    '     probably presents no exces-
sive long-term hazard to underground water supplies.  As mentioned previously,
however, TCP bulk soil concentration should be maintained below 0.005 ppm.

                 Option No. 4 - Recycling of Spent  Fluids
                       Containing Tricresyl Phosphate

     Although it is only partially feasible at present, the best method of
disposal of fluids containing TCP is by recycling or downgrading the ap-
plication.  In applications that require very high  standards, such as,
aircraft fluids, the fluids are changed regularly for safety reasons.  Also,
unused fluids are often discarded because of prolonged storage.   Although
these materials are unsuitable  for aircraft applications, they may still be
premium fluids for applications requiring lesser standards.  Other fluids
which have been slightly degraded might be reprocessed to upgrade them for
reuse.
                                   251

-------
                6.   APPLICABILITY TO  NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     All  of the wastes  generated  in relation to the  production and use of
TCP can be treated either by industrial  and municipal methods such as land-
fill and incineration.   TCP is not  judged to be a candidate waste stream
constituent requiring National Disposal  Site treatment.
                                  252

-------
                             7.  REFERENCES


0590. Personal communication.  R. Mahaffey, Wapco Company, to W.  P.  Kendrick,
        TRW Systems, Feb. 11, 1972.

0604. Personal communication.  R. Mahaffey, Wapco Company, to W.  P.  Kendrick,
        TRW Systems, Feb. 15, 1972.

0766. Sax, I. R.  Dangerous properties of industrial materials.   3d  ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Corporation, 1968.   1,251  p.

1433. Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of polymer science and technology.  12 v.
        New York, Interscience Publishers, 1964-1970.

1492. The Merck index of chemicals and drugs.  8th ed.   Rahway,  New  Jersey,
        Merck Company, Inc., 1968.  1,715 p.

1501. Faith, W. L., D. B. Keyes, and R. L. Clark.  Industrial chemicals.
        3d ed.  New York, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1965.  824  p.

1506. Oil, paint and drug reporter profiles.  New York, Schnell  Publishing
        Company, Inc., 1970.

1570. Weust, R. C., ed.  Handbook of chemistry and physics.   48th ed.
        Cleveland, Ohio, Chemical Rubber Company, 1969.  2,100 p.

1718. U.S. Tariff Commission.  Synthetic organic chemicals;  U.S.  production
        and sales, 1970.  TC Publication 479.  Washington, U.S.  Government
        Printing Office.  262 p.

2351. Baskin, A. D.  Handling guide for potentially hazardous commodities,
        Chicago Railway Systems and Management Association,  1972.

2400. Product data sheet for tricresyl phosphate.  New York, Stauffer
        Chemical Company.  2 p.
                                  253

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS  WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Trycresyl phosphate  (440)
IUC Name   tri-3-tolyl phosphate
Common Names
                               Structural  Formula
Molecular Wt.   368.37
Density (Condensed)  1.150
(<>  25 C
     Melting Pt.  25-26
Density (gas)
                         Boiling  Pt.  258-263  C  (4
                               &
Vapor" Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
  y 4 mm      &  260  C^
Flash Point   410  C
                   (2T
   Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %}      Lower_
                             Upper_
                             Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water  insolublelH
Hot Water <2Q ppm at_85 C
                                      Ethanol
    Others:  soluble  ether'  '  most organic solvents. '
Acid, Base Properties^
                          neutral
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with
Shipped in_
ICC Classification
Commen ts	
                 Coast Guard Classification
References  (1)  0766
            (2)  1492
                                            254

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. H. Name  Tricresyl  phosphate  (440)
IUC Name    tri-2-tolyl phosphate
Common Names o-tolylphosphate	
                                                               Structural  Formula
Molecular Wt.   386.34
Density (Condensed)  1.17
                                     Melting  Pt. -25 to -30 r
                                   20 C	Density  (gas)    12.7
                             Boiling  Pt.410
                          0)   e
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
                          •(2)
        17  mm  @~  270-275 C
Flash Point   437  F
                   (1)
                                   Autoignition Temp. 725 p  •
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %}     Lower	   Upper
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower_
                                                            Upper
Solubility
    Cold Water
                insoluble
Hot Water
    Others:  soluble-ether, chloroform, benzene;   '  slightly-hexane, 1 igroin.
Acid, Base Properties	neutral	
Ethanol  slightly
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with_
Shipped in_
ICC Classification
Comments	
                                                Coast Guard Classification
References (1) 0766
           (2) 1501
           (3) 1570
                                         255

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name Trirrp<:y1 phncphatP  (440)
IUC Name  tri-4-tolyl phosphate
Common Names	
                                                               Structural  Formula
                                                                         PO,
Molecular Wt.   368.37
                                     Melting Pt. 77-78 C
                                                       (1)
Density (Condensed)1.247
                                   25 C
                                       (i;
Density (gas)_
Boiling Pt.  244 C (3.5 mm)'
         G>
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
   3.5 mm      @ 244 C^
'Flash Point  410  C
                   (2)
                                   Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %)
                                     Lower
                Upper_
                Upper_
Solubil ity
    Cold Water  <20  ppm
                       (2)
                                       Hot Water <20 ppm at 85
    Others:  soluble ether, chloroform, benzene,  '  most organic solvents
                         Ethanol
                             (2)"
Acid, Base Properties_
                               neutral
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in
ICC Classification
Comments	
                                                 Coast Guard  Classification
References  (1)  0766
            (2)  1492
                                          256

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Tricresyl  Phosphate*  (440)
IDC Name    tritolyl  phosphate
Common Names  TCP,  Lindol,  Celluflex,  Kronitex. Phosplex
                                                               Structural Formula
                                                                       PO,
Molecular Wt.   368.36
                                       Pour  Pt.  -28 C
                                                      (1)
Density  (Condensed)	@	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
              IP
                                             Density (gas)_
Boiling Pt.^265 C(1Qmm)
   &
                                                                                           (I!
Flash Point    455 C
                   13}
                                                         r(3)
                                   Autoignition Temp. 655 C'
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %)      Lower
                                                             Upper
Solubil ity
    Cold Water «0.002%
                                       Hot Water <.Q02% at 85 C
                                                               (1)
  Ethanol
    Others:  misclble with  all  common  organic solvents^  '
Acid, Base Properties  neutral,  commercial material may  have traces or cresol.
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with
Shipped in
ICC Classification
                                                Coast Guard  Classification
Comments *Commercial  material  is  a  mixture  of the three  isomeric tritovl phosphates, usual 1 y^
 excluding as  much as possible of very  toxjc or^o-isomer.     Decomposes to highly toxic
  fumes  of phosphorus  oxides.
References (1)  1492
           (2)  0766
           (3)  2400

-------
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC DATA
 SHEET
                    1. Report No.
                      EPA-670/2-73-053-k
                                                                    3. Recipient's Accession No.
4. Title and subtitle-Recommended Methods  of Reduction, Neutralization,
 Recovery,  or Disposal of Hazardous Waste.  Volume  XI,  Industrial
 and Municipal  Disposal Candidate  Waste Stream Constituent Pro-
 file Reports - Organic Compounds  (continued)
                                                                    5. Report Date
                                                                    Issuing date - Aug.  1973
                                                                    6.
7. Author(s)  R.  S.  Ottinger, J.  L.  Blumenthal, D. F. Dal  Porto,
 G. I. Gruber,  M. J.. Santy,  and C.  C. Shin	
                                                                    8- Performing Organization Rept.
                                                                      No'  21485-6013-RU-OO
9. Performing Organization Name and Address


 TRW Systems  Group,  One Space  Park
 Redondo Beach,  California   90278
                                                                    10. Project/Task/Work Unit No.
                                                                    11. Contract/Grant No.


                                                                      68-03-0089
12. Sponsoring Organization Name and Address
 National  Environmental Research Center
 Office  of Research and Development
 U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency
 Cincinnati,  Ohio  45268
                                                                    13. Type of Report & Period
                                                                       Covered

                                                                      Final
                                                                    14.
15. Supplementary Notes
 Volume  XI  of 16 volumes
16. Abstracts
 This volume contains summary information and evaluation of waste management methods
 in the  form of Profile Reports  for organic compounds.   These Profile Reports were pre-
 pared for either a particular hazardous waste  stream constituent or a  group of related
 constituents.   Each Profile  Report contains a  discussion of the waste  stream con-
 stituents, their toxicology  and other associated  hazards, the definition  of adequate
 management for the waste  material, an evaluation  of the current waste  management
 practices with regard to  their adequacy, and recommendation as to the  most appropriate
 processing methods available and whether the waste material should be  considered as a
 candidate for National Disposal, Industrial Disposal,  or Municipal Disposal.
17. Key Words and Document Analysis. 17o. Descriptors
 Organic  Compounds
 Industrial  Disposal Candidate
 Municipal  Disposal Candidate
 Hazardous  Wastes
 Ethers
 Derivatives of Benzene
 Glycols
 Nitro-Organo Compounds
 Polychlorinated Biphenyls
 Organo-Halides
17b. Identifiers/Open-Ended Terms
                                  Tetraethyl- and Tetramethyllead
                                  Phosgene
                                  Alkyl  Hal ides
                                  Halogenated Aliphatic  Hydrocarbons
                                  Quinone
                                  Chloropicrin
                                  Benzoyl Peroxide
                                  Cyanuric Triazide
                                  Hydrazine
                                  Maleic Anhydride
              Nitroaniline
              Oxalic Acid
              Tricresyl  Phosphate
17c. COSATI Field/Group
                                         Q7E;  ] 35 .  -,
18. Availability Statement
 Release  to public.
                                         - 258  -
                                                         19. Security Class (This
                                                           Report)
                                                              UNCLASSIFIED
20. Security Class (This
   Page
     UNCLASSIFIED
                     21. No. of Pages

                          264
                                                                               22. Price

-------